Document


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-Q


QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2018

Commission file number 001-08918
SunTrust Banks, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Georgia
 
58-1575035
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
303 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(800) 786-8787
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    
Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    
Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
þ
Accelerated filer
¨
Non-accelerated filer
¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
¨
 
 
Emerging growth company
¨

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).        Yes  ¨    No  þ

At April 30, 2018, 464,826,552 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value, were outstanding.




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

2017 Tax Act — Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.
ABS — Asset-backed securities.
ACH — Automated clearing house.
AFS — Available for sale.
AIP — Annual Incentive Plan.
ALCO — Asset/Liability Management Committee.
ALM — Asset/Liability Management.
ALLL — Allowance for loan and lease losses.
AOCI — Accumulated other comprehensive income.
APIC — Additional paid-in capital.
ASC — Accounting Standards Codification.
ASU — Accounting Standards Update.
ATE — Additional termination event.
ATM — Automated teller machine.
Bank — SunTrust Bank.
Basel III — the Third Basel Accord, a comprehensive set of reform measures developed by the BCBS.
BCBS — Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.
BHC — Bank holding company.
Board — the Company’s Board of Directors.
bps — Basis points.
BRC — Board Risk Committee.
CCAR — Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review.
CCB — Capital conservation buffer.
CD — Certificate of deposit (time deposit).
CDR — Conditional default rate.
CDS — Credit default swaps.
CEO — Chief Executive Officer.
CET1 — Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.
CFO — Chief Financial Officer.
CIB — Corporate and investment banking.
C&I — Commercial and industrial.
Class A shares — Visa Inc. Class A common stock.
Class B shares — Visa Inc. Class B common stock.
CME — Chicago Mercantile Exchange.
Company — SunTrust Banks, Inc.
CP — Commercial paper.
CPR — Conditional prepayment rate.
CRE — Commercial real estate.
CSA — Credit support annex.
DDA — Demand deposit account.
DOJ — Department of Justice.
DTA — Deferred tax asset.
DTL — Deferred tax liability.
DVA — Debit valuation adjustment.
EPS — Earnings per share.
ER — Enterprise Risk.
ERISA — Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
Exchange Act — Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Fannie Mae — Federal National Mortgage Association.
FASB — Financial Accounting Standards Board.
Freddie Mac — Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
FDIC — Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Federal Reserve — Federal Reserve System.
Fed Funds — Federal funds.
FHA — Federal Housing Administration.
FHLB — Federal Home Loan Bank.
 
FICO — Fair Isaac Corporation.
Fitch — Fitch Ratings Ltd.
FRB — Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
FTE — Fully taxable-equivalent.
FVO — Fair value option.
GFO — GFO Advisory Services, LLC.
Ginnie Mae — Government National Mortgage Association.
GSE — Government-sponsored enterprise.
HAMP — Home Affordable Modification Program.
HUD — U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
IPO — Initial public offering.
IRLC — Interest rate lock commitment.
ISDA — International Swaps and Derivatives Association.
LCH — LCH.Clearnet Limited.
LCR — Liquidity coverage ratio.
LGD — Loss given default.
LHFI — Loans held for investment.
LHFS — Loans held for sale.
LIBOR — London InterBank Offered Rate.
LOCOM — Lower of cost or market.
LTI — Long-term incentive.
LTV— Loan to value.
MasterCard — MasterCard International.
MBS — Mortgage-backed securities.
MD&A — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.
Moody’s — Moody’s Investors Service.
MRA — Master Repurchase Agreement.
MRM — Market Risk Management.
MRMG — Model Risk Management Group.
MSR — Mortgage servicing right.
MVE — Market value of equity.
NCF — National Commerce Financial Corporation.
NOL — Net operating loss.
NOW — Negotiable order of withdrawal account.
NPA — Nonperforming asset.
NPL — Nonperforming loan.
NPR — Notice of proposed rulemaking.
NSFR — Net stable funding ratio.
OCC — Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
OCI — Other comprehensive income.
OREO — Other real estate owned.
OTC — Over-the-counter.
OTTI — Other-than-temporary impairment.
PAC — Premium Assignment Corporation.
Parent Company — SunTrust Banks, Inc. (the parent Company of SunTrust Bank and other subsidiaries).
PD — Probability of default.
Pillar — substantially all of the assets of the operating subsidiaries of Pillar Financial, LLC.
PPNR — Pre-provision net revenue.
PWM — Private Wealth Management.
REIT — Real estate investment trust.
ROA — Return on average total assets.
ROE — Return on average common shareholders’ equity.
ROTCE — Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity.

i

RSU — Restricted stock unit.
RWA — Risk-weighted assets.
S&P — Standard and Poor’s.
SBA — Small Business Administration.
SEC — U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
STAS — SunTrust Advisory Services, Inc.
STCC — SunTrust Community Capital, LLC.
STIS — SunTrust Investment Services, Inc.
STM — SunTrust Mortgage, Inc.
STRH — SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
SunTrust — SunTrust Banks, Inc.
TDR — Troubled debt restructuring.
TRS — Total return swaps.
U.S. — United States.
 
U.S. GAAP — Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S.
U.S. Treasury — the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
UPB — Unpaid principal balance.
UTB — Unrecognized tax benefit.
VA — U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs.
VAR — Value at risk.
VI — Variable interest.
VIE — Variable interest entity.
Visa — the Visa, U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates, collectively.
Visa Counterparty — a financial institution that purchased the Company's Visa Class B shares.



ii



PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X, and accordingly do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. However, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to comply with Regulation S-X have been included. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2018.


1



Item 1.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data) (Unaudited)
2018
 
2017
Interest Income
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans held for investment

$1,398

 

$1,289

Interest and fees on loans held for sale
21

 
24

Interest on securities available for sale 1
206

 
182

Trading account interest and other 1
43

 
33

Total interest income
1,668

 
1,528

Interest Expense
 
 
 
Interest on deposits
131

 
80

Interest on long-term debt
74

 
70

Interest on other borrowings
22

 
12

Total interest expense
227

 
162

Net interest income
1,441

 
1,366

Provision for credit losses
28

 
119

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
1,413

 
1,247

Noninterest Income
 
 
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
146


148

Other charges and fees
87


95

Card fees
81

 
82

Investment banking income
131

 
167

Trading income
42

 
51

Trust and investment management income
75

 
75

Retail investment services
72

 
68

Mortgage servicing related income
54

 
58

Mortgage production related income
36

 
53

Commercial real estate related income
23

 
20

Net securities gains
1


—

Other noninterest income
48


30

Total noninterest income
796

 
847

Noninterest Expense
 
 
 
Employee compensation
707

 
717

Employee benefits
146

 
135

Outside processing and software
206

 
205

Net occupancy expense
94

 
92

Marketing and customer development
41

 
42

Regulatory assessments
41

 
48

Equipment expense
40

 
39

Amortization
15

 
13

Operating losses
6

 
32

Other noninterest expense
121

 
142

Total noninterest expense
1,417

 
1,465

Income before provision for income taxes
792

 
629

Provision for income taxes
147

 
159

Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest
645

 
470

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
2

 
2

Net income

$643

 

$468

Net income available to common shareholders

$612

 

$451

 
 
 
 
Net income per average common share:
 
 
 
Diluted

$1.29

 

$0.91

Basic
1.31

 
0.92

Dividends declared per common share
0.40

 
0.26

Average common shares outstanding - diluted
473,620

 
496,002

Average common shares outstanding - basic
468,723

 
490,091

1 Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and began presenting income associated with certain of these equity securities in Trading account interest and other. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, income associated with these equity securities was presented in Interest on securities available for sale and has been reclassified to Trading account interest and other for comparability.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

2

SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars in millions) (Unaudited)
2018
 
2017
Net income

$643

 

$468

Components of other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized (losses)/gains on securities available for sale,
net of tax of ($130) and $1, respectively
(425
)
 
2

Change in net unrealized losses on derivative instruments,
net of tax of ($38) and ($24), respectively
(124
)
 
(42
)
Change in net unrealized gains on brokered time deposits,
net of tax of $0 and $0, respectively
1

 
—

Change in credit risk adjustment on long-term debt,
net of tax of $1 and ($1), respectively
2

 
(1
)
Change related to employee benefit plans,
net of tax of $1 and ($1), respectively
(2
)
 
(5
)
Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(548
)
 
(46
)
Total comprehensive income

$95

 

$422



See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

3

SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)
March 31,
2018
 
December 31,
2017
Assets
(Unaudited)
 
 
Cash and due from banks

$5,851

 

$5,349

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
1,428

 
1,538

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
25

 
25

Cash and cash equivalents
7,304

 
6,912

Trading assets and derivative instruments 1
5,112

 
5,093

Securities available for sale 2, 3
30,934

 
30,947

Loans held for sale ($1,428 and $1,577 at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)
2,377

 
2,290

Loans held for investment 4 ($188 and $196 at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)
142,618

 
143,181

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1,694
)
 
(1,735
)
Net loans held for investment
140,924

 
141,446

Premises and equipment, net
1,628

 
1,734

Goodwill
6,331

 
6,331

Other intangible assets (Residential MSRs at fair value: $1,916 and $1,710 at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)
1,996

 
1,791

Other assets 3 ($143 and $56 at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)
8,279

 
9,418

Total assets

$204,885

 

$205,962

 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits

$43,494

 

$42,784

Interest-bearing deposits ($302 and $236 at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)
118,885

 
117,996

Total deposits
162,379

 
160,780

Funds purchased
1,189

 
2,561

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,677

 
1,503

Other short-term borrowings
706

 
717

Long-term debt 5 ($209 and $530 at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)
10,692

 
9,785

Trading liabilities and derivative instruments
1,737

 
1,283

Other liabilities
2,236

 
4,179

Total liabilities
180,616

 
180,808

Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock, no par value
2,025

 
2,475

Common stock, $1.00 par value
552

 
550

Additional paid-in capital
8,960

 
9,000

Retained earnings
18,107

 
17,540

Treasury stock, at cost, and other 6
(3,853
)
 
(3,591
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(1,522
)
 
(820
)
Total shareholders’ equity
24,269

 
25,154

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$204,885

 

$205,962

 
 
 
 
Common shares outstanding 7
469,708

 
470,931

Common shares authorized
750,000

 
750,000

Preferred shares outstanding
20

 
25

Preferred shares authorized
50,000

 
50,000

Treasury shares of common stock
82,223

 
79,133

 
 
 
 
1 Includes trading securities pledged as collateral where counterparties have the right to sell or repledge the collateral

$1,248

 

$1,086

2 Includes securities AFS pledged as collateral where counterparties have the right to sell or repledge the collateral
214

 
223

3 Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability.
 
 
 
4 Includes loans held for investment of consolidated VIEs
171

 
179

5 Includes debt of consolidated VIEs
182

 
189

6 Includes noncontrolling interest
101

 
103

7 Includes restricted shares
9

 
9



See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

4

SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data) (Unaudited)
Preferred Stock
 
Common Shares Outstanding
 
Common Stock
 
Additional Paid-in Capital
 
Retained Earnings
 
Treasury Stock
and Other 1
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Total
Balance, January 1, 2017

$1,225

 
491

 

$550

 

$9,010

 

$16,000

 

($2,346
)
 

($821
)
 

$23,618

Net income
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
468

 
—

 
—

 
468

Other comprehensive loss
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(46
)
 
(46
)
Change in noncontrolling interest
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(2
)
 
—

 
(2
)
Common stock dividends, $0.26 per share
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(128
)
 
—

 
—

 
(128
)
Preferred stock dividends 2
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(17
)
 
—

 
—

 
(17
)
Repurchase of common stock
—

 
(7
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(414
)
 
—

 
(414
)
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense
—

 
1

 
—

 
(12
)
 
—

 
21

 
—

 
9

Restricted stock activity
—

 
1

 
—

 
(32
)
 
(1
)
 
29

 
—

 
(4
)
Balance, March 31, 2017

$1,225

 
486

 

$550

 

$8,966

 

$16,322

 

($2,712
)
 

($867
)
 

$23,484

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2018

$2,475

 
471

 

$550

 

$9,000

 

$17,540

 

($3,591
)
 

($820
)
 

$25,154

Cumulative effect adjustment related to ASU adoptions 3
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
144

 
—

 
(154
)
 
(10
)
Net income
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
643

 
—

 
—

 
643

Other comprehensive loss
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(548
)
 
(548
)
Change in noncontrolling interest
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(2
)
 
—

 
(2
)
Common stock dividends, $0.40 per share
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(187
)
 
—

 
—

 
(187
)
Preferred stock dividends 2
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(31
)
 
—

 
—

 
(31
)
Redemption of preferred stock, Series E
(450
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(450
)
Repurchase of common stock
—

 
(5
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(330
)
 
—

 
(330
)
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense
—

 
1

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
32

 
—

 
32

Exercise of stock warrant
—

 
2

 
2

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
2

Restricted stock activity
—

 
1

 
—

 
(40
)
 
(2
)
 
38

 
—

 
(4
)
Balance, March 31, 2018

$2,025

 
470

 

$552

 

$8,960

 

$18,107

 

($3,853
)
 

($1,522
)
 

$24,269

1 At March 31, 2018, includes ($3,953) million for treasury stock, less than ($1) million for the compensation element of restricted stock, and $101 million for noncontrolling interest.
At March 31, 2017, includes ($2,812) million for treasury stock, less than ($1) million for the compensation element of restricted stock, and $101 million for noncontrolling interest.
2 For the three months ended March 31, 2018, dividends were $1,000 per share for both Series A and B Preferred Stock, $1,469 per share for Series E Preferred Stock, $1,406 per share for Series F Preferred Stock, $1,038 per share for Series G Preferred Stock, and $1,281 per share for Series H Preferred Stock.
For the three months ended March 31, 2017, dividends were $1,000 per share for both Series A and B Preferred Stock, $1,469 per share for Series E Preferred Stock, and $1,406 per share for Series F Preferred Stock.
3 Related to the Company's adoption of ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-01, ASU 2017-12, and ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2018. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," for additional information.


See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

5

SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars in millions) (Unaudited)
2018
 
2017
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
 
 
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest

$645

 

$470

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion
175

 
179

Origination of servicing rights
(80
)
 
(101
)
Provisions for credit losses and foreclosed property
30

 
121

Stock-based compensation
56

 
58

Net securities gains
(1
)
 
—

Net losses/(gains) on sale of loans held for sale, loans, and other assets
11

 
(6
)
Net (increase)/decrease in loans held for sale
(100
)
 
2,056

Net increase in trading assets and derivative instruments
(182
)
 
(8
)
Net increase in other assets 1
(644
)
 
(389
)
Net decrease in other liabilities 1
(110
)
 
(284
)
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
(200
)
 
2,096

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and paydowns of securities available for sale
858

 
993

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
1,663

 
—

Purchases of securities available for sale
(2,689
)
 
(1,450
)
Net decrease/(increase) in loans, including purchases of loans
413

 
(492
)
Proceeds from sales of loans
36

 
118

Net cash paid for servicing rights
(60
)
 
—

Capital expenditures
(67
)
 
(43
)
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned and other assets
52

 
55

Other investing activities 1
3

 
2

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
209

 
(817
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
 
Net increase in total deposits
1,599

 
2,455

Net decrease in funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other short-term borrowings
(1,209
)
 
(68
)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
1,311

 
1,340

Repayments of long-term debt
(333
)
 
(2,576
)
Repurchase of preferred stock
(450
)
 
—

Repurchase of common stock
(330
)
 
(414
)
Common and preferred stock dividends paid
(197
)
 
(138
)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards
(42
)
 
(36
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants
34

 
9

Net cash provided by financing activities
383

 
572

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
392

 
1,851

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
6,912

 
6,423

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$7,304

 

$8,274

 
 
 
 
Supplemental Disclosures:
 
 
 
Loans transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment

$6

 

$7

Loans transferred from loans held for investment to loans held for sale
204

 
60

Loans transferred from loans held for investment and loans held for sale to other real estate owned
19

 
15

1 Related to the Company's adoption of ASU 2016-15, certain prior period amounts have been retrospectively reclassified between operating activities and investing activities. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," for additional information.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)


 
NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
The unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements included within this report have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP to present interim financial statement information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete, consolidated financial statements. However, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations in these financial statements, have been made.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes; actual results could vary from these estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. Interim Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Significant Accounting Policies
Pursuant to the Company's adoption of certain ASUs as of January 1, 2018, the following significant accounting policies have been added to or updated from those disclosed in the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Revenue Recognition
In the ordinary course of business, the Company recognizes revenue as services are rendered, or as transactions occur, and as collectability is reasonably assured. For the Company's revenue recognition accounting policies, see Note 2, “Revenue Recognition.”

Trading Activities and Securities AFS
Trading assets and liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized within Noninterest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.
Securities AFS are used as part of the overall asset and liability management process to optimize income and market performance over an entire interest rate cycle. Interest income on securities AFS are recognized on an accrual basis in Interest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. Premiums and discounts on securities AFS are amortized or accreted as an adjustment to yield over the life of the security. The Company estimates principal prepayments on securities AFS for which prepayments are probable and the timing and amount of prepayments can be reasonably estimated. The estimates are informed by analyses of both historical prepayments and anticipated macroeconomic conditions, such as spot interest rates compared to implied forward interest rates. The estimate of prepayments for these securities impacts their lives and thereby the amortization or accretion of associated premiums and discounts. Securities AFS are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of any tax effect, included in AOCI as a component of shareholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses, including OTTI, are determined using the specific identification method and are recognized as a
 
component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Securities AFS are reviewed for OTTI on a quarterly basis. In determining whether OTTI exists for securities AFS in an unrealized loss position, the Company assesses whether it has the intent to sell the security or assesses the likelihood of selling the security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Company intends to sell the security or it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the security is written down to fair value, and the full amount of any impairment charge is recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. If the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will not be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, only the credit component of any impairment of a security is recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income, with the remaining impairment balance recorded in OCI.
For additional information on the Company’s trading and securities AFS activities, see Note 4, “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivatives,” and Note 5, “Securities Available for Sale.”

Equity Securities
The Company records equity securities that are not classified as trading assets or liabilities within Other assets in its Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Investments in equity securities with readily determinable fair values are measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.
Investments in equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values are accounted for at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer, also referred to as the measurement alternative. Any adjustments to the carrying value of these investments are recorded in Noninterest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.
For additional information on the Company's equity securities, see Note 9, “Other Assets,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company records derivative contracts at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends upon whether or not it has been designated in a formal, qualifying hedging relationship. 
Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in a hedging relationship are recorded in noninterest income. This includes derivatives that the Company enters into in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions and as a risk management tool to economically hedge certain identified risks, along with certain IRLCs on residential mortgage and commercial loans that are a normal part of the Company’s operations. The Company also evaluates contracts, such as brokered deposits and debt, to

7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



determine whether any embedded derivatives are required to be bifurcated and separately accounted for as freestanding derivatives.
Certain derivatives used as risk management tools are designated as accounting hedges of the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates or other identified market risks. The Company prepares written hedge documentation for all derivatives which are designated as hedges of (i) changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge) attributable to a specified risk or (ii) a forecasted transaction, such as the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). The written hedge documentation includes identification of, among other items, the risk management objective, hedging instrument, hedged item and methodologies for assessing and measuring hedge effectiveness, along with support for management’s assertion that the hedge will be highly effective. Methodologies related to hedge effectiveness include (i) statistical regression analysis of changes in the cash flows of the actual derivative and a perfectly effective hypothetical derivative, or (ii) statistical regression analysis of changes in the fair values of the actual derivative and the hedged item.
For designated hedging relationships, subsequent to the initial assessment of hedge effectiveness, the Company generally performs retrospective and prospective effectiveness testing using a qualitative approach. Assessments of hedge effectiveness are performed at least quarterly. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge are recorded in current period earnings, in the same line item with the changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk. The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge is initially recorded in AOCI and reclassified to earnings in the same period that the hedged item impacts earnings. The amount
 
reclassified to earnings is recorded in the same line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item.
Hedge accounting ceases for hedging relationships that are no longer deemed effective, or for which the derivative has been terminated or de-designated. For discontinued fair value hedges where the hedged item remains outstanding, the hedged item would cease to be remeasured at fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk and any existing basis adjustment would be recognized as an adjustment to earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item. For discontinued cash flow hedges, the unrealized gains and losses recorded in AOCI would be reclassified to earnings in the period when the previously designated hedged cash flows occur unless it was determined that transaction was probable to not occur, whereby any unrealized gains and losses in AOCI would be immediately reclassified to earnings.
It is the Company's policy to offset derivative transactions with a single counterparty as well as any cash collateral paid to and received from that counterparty for derivative contracts that are subject to ISDA or other legally enforceable netting arrangements and meet accounting guidance for offsetting treatment. For additional information on the Company’s derivative activities, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Subsequent Events
The Company evaluated events that occurred between March 31, 2018 and the date the accompanying financial statements were issued, and there were no material events, other than those already discussed in this Form 10-Q, that would require recognition in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements or disclosure in the accompanying Notes.

Accounting Pronouncements
The following table summarizes ASUs issued by the FASB that were adopted during the current year or not yet adopted as of March 31, 2018, that could have a material effect on the Company's financial statements:
Standard
Description
Required Date of Adoption
Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standards Adopted in 2018
ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC Topic 606) and subsequent related ASUs
These ASUs comprise ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersede the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the ASC. The core principle of these ASUs is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.
January 1, 2018
The Company adopted these ASUs on a modified retrospective basis beginning January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the Company recognized an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment that resulted in a decrease to the beginning balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2018. Furthermore, the Company prospectively changed the presentation of certain types of revenue and expenses, such as underwriting revenue within investment banking income which is shown on a gross basis, and certain cash promotions and card network expenses, which were reclassified from noninterest expense to service charges on deposit accounts, card fees, and other charges and fees. The net quantitative impact of these presentation changes decreased both revenue and expenses by $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018; however, these presentation changes did not have an impact on net income. Prior period balances have not been restated to reflect these presentation changes. See Note 2, “Revenue Recognition,” for disclosures relating to ASC Topic 606.


8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Standard
Description
Required Date of Adoption
Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standards Adopted in 2018 (continued)
ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities; and

ASU 2018-03, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
These ASUs amend ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments-Overall, and address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. The main provisions require most investments in equity securities to be measured at fair value through net income, unless they qualify for a measurement alternative, and require fair value changes arising from changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities that are measured under the fair value option to be recognized in other comprehensive income. With the exception of disclosure requirements and the application of the measurement alternative for certain equity investments that was adopted prospectively, these ASUs must be adopted on a modified retrospective basis.
January 1, 2018

Early adoption was permitted for the provision related to changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities under the FVO.

The Company early adopted the provision related to changes in instrument-specific credit risk beginning January 1, 2016, which resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment from retained earnings to AOCI. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the early adoption of this provision.

Additionally, the Company adopted the remaining provisions of these ASUs beginning January 1, 2018, which resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings. In connection with the adoption of these ASUs, an immaterial amount of equity securities previously classified as securities AFS were reclassified to other assets, as the AFS classification is no longer permitted for equity securities under these ASUs.

Subsequent to adoption of these ASUs, an observable transaction occurred relating to an equity investment without a readily determinable fair value. As a result, the Company recognized a $23 million increase in Other assets on its Consolidated Balance Sheets and in Other noninterest income on its Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 9, “Other Assets,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” for additional information.

The remaining provisions and disclosure requirements of these ASUs did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures upon adoption.

ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments
The ASU amends ASC Topic 230, Statement of Cash Flows, to clarify the classification of certain cash receipts and payments within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. These items include: cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; cash outflows for the settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned and bank-owned life insurance policies; distributions received from equity method investees; and beneficial interests acquired in securitization transactions. The ASU also clarifies that when no specific U.S. GAAP guidance exists and the source of the cash flows are not separately identifiable, the predominant source of cash flow should be used to determine the classification for the item. The ASU must be adopted on a retrospective basis.

January 1, 2018
The Company adopted this ASU on a retrospective basis effective January 1, 2018 and changed the presentation of certain cash payments and receipts within its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Specifically, the Company changed the presentation of proceeds from the settlement of bank-owned life insurance policies from operating activities to investing activities. The Company also changed the presentation of cash payments related to premiums paid for bank-owned life insurance policies from operating activities to investing activities. Lastly, for contingent consideration payments made more than three months after a business combination, the Company changed the presentation for the portion of the cash payment up to the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration as a financing activity and any amount paid in excess of the acquisition date fair value as an operating activity. For both the three months ending March 31, 2018 and 2017, the amount of cash payments and receipts relating to these changes were immaterial to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

ASU 2017-09, Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting
This ASU amends ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation, to provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting per ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. The amendments clarify that modification accounting only applies to an entity if the fair value, vesting conditions, or classification of the award changes as a result of changes in the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The ASU should be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date.

January 1, 2018
The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and upon adoption, the ASU did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Standard
Description
Required Date of Adoption
Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standards Adopted in 2018 (continued)
ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities
The ASU amends ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, to simplify the requirements for hedge accounting. Key amendments include: eliminating the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness, requiring changes in the value of the hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the earnings effect of the hedged item, and the ability to measure the hedged item based on the benchmark interest rate component of the total contractual coupon for fair value hedges. These changes expand the types of risk management strategies eligible for hedge accounting. The ASU also permits entities to qualitatively assert that a hedging relationship was and continues to be highly effective. New incremental disclosures are also required for reporting periods subsequent to the date of adoption. All transition requirements and elections should be applied to hedging relationships existing on the date of adoption using a modified retrospective approach.

January 1, 2019

Early adoption is permitted.
The Company early adopted this ASU beginning January 1, 2018 and modified its measurement methodology for certain hedged items designated under fair value hedge relationships. The Company elected to perform its subsequent assessments of hedge effectiveness using a qualitative, rather than a quantitative, approach. The adoption resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings and a basis adjustment to the related hedged items. For additional information on the Company’s derivative and hedging activities, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”

ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from AOCI

This ASU amends ASC Topic 220, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income, to allow for a reclassification from AOCI to Retained earnings for the tax effects stranded in AOCI as a result of the remeasurement of DTAs and DTLs for the change in the federal corporate tax rate pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act, which was recognized through the income tax provision in 2017. The Company may apply this ASU at the beginning of the period of adoption or retrospectively to all periods in which the 2017 Tax Act is enacted.

January 1, 2019

Early adoption is permitted.
The Company early adopted this ASU as of January 1, 2018. Upon adoption of this ASU, the Company elected to reclassify $182 million of stranded tax effects relating to securities AFS, derivative instruments, credit risk on long-term debt, and employee benefit plans from AOCI to retained earnings. This amount was offset by $28 million of stranded tax effects relating to equity securities previously classified as securities AFS, resulting in a net $154 million increase to retained earnings.

Standards Not Yet Adopted
ASU 2016-02, Leases
The ASU creates ASC Topic 842, Leases, which supersedes ASC Topic 840, Leases. ASC Topic 842 requires lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and associated liabilities that arise from leases, with the exception of short-term leases. The ASU does not make significant changes to lessor accounting; however, there were certain improvements made to align lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. There are several new qualitative and quantitative disclosures required. Upon transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach.

January 1, 2019

Early adoption is permitted.
The Company has formed a cross-functional team to oversee the implementation of this ASU. The Company's implementation efforts are ongoing, including the review of its lease portfolios and related lease accounting policies, the review of its service contracts for embedded leases, and the deployment of a new lease software solution. The Company's adoption of this ASU, which is expected to occur on January 1, 2019, will result in an increase in right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities, arising from operating leases in which the Company is the lessee, on its Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The amount of the right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities recorded upon adoption will be based primarily on the present value of unpaid future minimum lease payments, the amount of which will depend on the population of leases in effect at the date of adoption. At March 31, 2018, the Company’s estimate of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities that would be recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets upon adoption is in excess of $1 billion. Additionally, the Company is currently evaluating the estimated impact that this ASU may have on its Consolidated Statements of Income.


10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Standard
Description
Required Date of Adoption
Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standards Not Yet Adopted (continued)
ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
The ASU adds ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology with a current expected credit loss methodology for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. For this purpose, expected credit losses reflect losses over the remaining contractual life of an asset, considering the effect of voluntary prepayments and considering available information about the collectability of cash flows, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The resulting allowance for credit losses is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to reflect the net amount expected to be collected on the financial assets. Additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures are required upon adoption. The change to the allowance for credit losses at the time of the adoption will be made with a cumulative effect adjustment to Retained earnings.

The current expected credit loss model does not apply to AFS debt securities; however, the ASU requires entities to record an allowance when recognizing credit losses for AFS securities, rather than recording a direct write-down of the carrying amount.

January 1, 2020

Early adoption is permitted beginning January 1, 2019.
The Company has formed a cross-functional team to oversee the implementation of this ASU and has identified the changes necessary to its credit loss estimation methodologies in order to comply with the new accounting standard requirements. Substantial progress has been made to date on implementing these changes, including the development of models, updates to business processes and technology systems, and the documentation of accounting policy decisions. Additionally, the Company is evaluating the impact that this ASU will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures, and the Company currently anticipates that an increase to the allowance for credit losses will be recognized upon adoption to provide for the expected credit losses over the estimated life of the financial assets. However, since the magnitude of the anticipated increase in the allowance for credit losses will be impacted by economic conditions and trends in the Company’s portfolio at the time of adoption, the quantitative impact cannot yet be reasonably estimated.

ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment
The ASU amends ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendments require an entity to perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Entities should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, but the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The ASU must be applied on a prospective basis.

January 1, 2020

Early adoption is permitted.
Based on the Company's most recent annual goodwill impairment test performed as of October 1, 2017, there were no reporting units for which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value; therefore, this ASU would not currently have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures. However, if upon the adoption date, which is expected to occur on January 1, 2020, the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company would be required to recognize an impairment charge for the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value.


NOTE 2 – REVENUE RECOGNITION
Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2014-09, the following disclosures discuss the Company's revenue recognition accounting policies. The Company recognizes two primary types of revenue, interest income and noninterest income.
Interest Income
The Company’s principal source of revenue is interest income from loans and securities, which is recognized on an accrual basis using the effective interest method. For additional information on the Company’s policies for recognizing interest income on loans and securities, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Interest income is not within the scope of ASC Topic 606, Revenues from Contracts with Customers.
 
Noninterest Income
Noninterest income includes revenue from various types of transactions and services provided to Consumer and Wholesale clients. The following tables reflect the Company’s noninterest income disaggregated by financial statement line item, business segment, and by the amount of each revenue stream that is in scope or out of scope of ASC Topic 606. The commentary following the tables describes the nature, amount, and timing of the related revenue streams.

11
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



 
 Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 1
(Dollars in millions)
 Consumer 2
 
 Wholesale 2
 
  Out of Scope 2, 3
 
Total
Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges on deposit accounts

$104

 

$42

 

$—

 

$146

Other charges and fees
28

 
3

 
56

 
87

Card fees
54

 
26

 
1

 
81

Investment banking income
—

 
84

 
47

 
131

Trading income
—

 
—

 
42

 
42

Trust and investment management income
75

 
—

 
—

 
75

Retail investment services
71

 
1

 
—

 
72

Mortgage servicing related income
—

 
—

 
54

 
54

Mortgage production related income
—

 
—

 
36

 
36

Commercial real estate related income
—

 
—

 
23

 
23

Net securities gains
—

 
—

 
1

 
1

Other noninterest income
6

 
—

 
42

 
48

Total noninterest income

$338

 

$156

 

$302

 

$796

1 Amounts are presented in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
2 Consumer and Wholesale totals exclude $105 million and $215 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, that is included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting." Total out of scope noninterest income includes these amounts as well as ($18) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is out of scope of ASC Topic 606.
3 The Company presents out of scope noninterest income for the purpose of reconciling noninterest income amounts within the scope of ASC Topic 606 to noninterest income amounts presented on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

 
 Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 1
(Dollars in millions)
 Consumer 2
 
 Wholesale 2
 
  Out of Scope 2, 3
 
Total
Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges on deposit accounts

$103

 

$45

 

$—

 

$148

Other charges and fees
31

 
3

 
61

 
95

Card fees
54

 
27

 
1

 
82

Investment banking income
—

 
96

 
71

 
167

Trading income
—

 
—

 
51

 
51

Trust and investment management income
75

 
—

 
—

 
75

Retail investment services
67

 
1

 
—

 
68

Mortgage servicing related income
—

 
—

 
58

 
58

Mortgage production related income
—

 
—

 
53

 
53

Commercial real estate related income
—

 
—

 
20

 
20

Net securities gains
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Other noninterest income
7

 
—

 
23

 
30

Total noninterest income

$337

 

$172

 

$338

 

$847

1 Amounts for periods prior to January 1, 2018 are presented in accordance with ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and have not been restated to conform with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
2 Consumer and Wholesale totals exclude $127 million and $229 million of out of scope noninterest income, respectively, that is included in the business segment results presented on a management accounting basis in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting." Total out of scope noninterest income includes these amounts as well as ($18) million of Corporate Other noninterest income that is out of scope of ASC Topic 606.
3 The Company presents out of scope noninterest income for the purpose of reconciling noninterest income amounts within the scope of ASC Topic 606 to noninterest income amounts presented on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.


Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts represent fees relating to the Company’s various deposit products. These fees include account maintenance, cash management, treasury management, wire transfers, overdraft and other deposit-related fees. The Company’s execution of the services related to these fees represents its related performance obligations. Each of these performance obligations are either satisfied over time or at a point in time as the services are provided to the customer. The Company is the principal when rendering these services.
 
Payments for services provided are either withdrawn from the customer’s account as services are rendered or in the billing period following the completion of the service. The transaction price for each of these fees is based on the Company’s predetermined fee schedule.

Other Charges and Fees
Other charges and fees consist primarily of loan commitment and letter of credit fees, operating lease revenue, ATM fees, insurance revenue, and miscellaneous service charges including

12
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



wire fees and check cashing fees. Loan commitment and letter of credit fees and operating lease revenue are out of scope of ASC Topic 606.
The Company’s execution of the services related to the fees within the scope of ASC Topic 606 represents its related performance obligations, which are either satisfied at a point in time or over time as services are rendered. ATM fees and miscellaneous service charges are recognized at a point in time as the services are provided.
Insurance commission revenue is earned through the sale of insurance products. The commissions are recognized as revenue when the customer executes an insurance policy with the insurance carrier. In some cases, the Company receives payment of trailing commissions each year when the customer pays its annual premium. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of insurance trailing commissions related to performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.
    
Card Fees
Card fees consist of interchange fees from credit and debit cards, merchant acquirer revenue, and other card related services. Interchange fees are earned by the Company each time a request for payment is initiated by a customer at a merchant for which the Company transfers the funds on behalf of the customer. Interchange rates are set by the payment network and are based on purchase volumes and other factors. Interchange fees are received daily and recognized at a point in time when the card transaction is processed. The Company is considered an agent of the customer and incurs costs with the payment network to facilitate the interchange with the merchant; therefore, the related payment network expense is recognized as a reduction of card fees. Prior to the adoption of ASC Topic 606, these expenses were recognized in Outside processing and software in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company offers rewards and/or rebates to its customers based on card usage. The costs associated with these programs are also recognized as a reduction of card fees.
The Company also has a revenue sharing agreement with a merchant acquirer. The Company’s referral of a merchant to the merchant acquirer represents its related performance obligations, which is satisfied at a point in time when the referral is made. Monthly revenue is estimated based on the expected amount of transactions processed. Payments are generally made by the merchant acquirer quarterly, the month following the quarter in which the services are rendered.

Investment Banking Income
Investment banking income is comprised primarily of securities underwriting fees, advisory fees, and loan syndication fees. The Company assists corporate clients in raising capital by offering equity or debt securities to potential investors. The underwriting fees are earned on the trade date when the Company, as a member of an underwriting syndicate, purchases the securities from the issuer and sells the securities to third party investors. Each member of the syndicate is responsible for selling its portion of the underwriting and is liable for the proportionate costs of the underwriting; therefore, the Company’s portion of underwriting revenue and expense is presented gross within noninterest income and noninterest expense. Prior to the adoption of ASC
 
Topic 606, underwriting expense was recorded as a reduction of investment banking income. The transaction price is based on a percentage of the total transaction amount and payments are settled shortly after the trade date.
Loan syndication fees are typically recognized at the closing of a loan syndication transaction. These fees are out of the scope of ASC Topic 606.
The Company also provides merger and acquisition advisory services, including various activities such as business valuation, identification of potential targets or acquirers, and the issuance of fairness opinions. The Company’s execution of these advisory services represents its related performance obligations. The performance obligations relating to advisory services are fulfilled at a point in time upon completion of the contractually specified merger or acquisition transaction. The transaction price is based on contractually specified terms agreed upon with the client for each advisory service. Additionally, payments for advisory services consist of upfront retainer fees and success fees at the date the related merger or acquisition is closed. The retainer fees are typically paid upfront, which creates a contract liability. At March 31, 2018, the contract liability relating to these retainer fees was immaterial.
Revenue related to trade execution services is earned on the trade date and recognized at a point in time. The fees related to trade execution services are due on the settlement date.

Trading Income
The Company recognizes trading income as a result of gains and losses from the sales of trading account assets and liabilities. The Company’s trading accounts include various types of investment securities and debt investments, trading loans, and derivative instruments. For additional information relating to trading income, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Trust and Investment Management Income
Trust and investment management income includes revenue from custodial services, trust administration, financial advisory services, employee benefit solutions, and other services provided to customers within the Consumer business segment.
The Company generally recognizes trust and investment management revenue over time as services are rendered. Revenue is based on either a percentage of the market value of the assets under management, or advisement, or fixed based on the services provided to the customer. Fees are generally swept from the customer’s account one billing period in arrears based on the prior period’s assets under management or advisement.

Retail Investment Services
Retail investment services consists primarily of investment management, selling and distribution services, and trade execution services. The Company’s execution of these services represents its related performance obligations.
Investment management fees are generally recognized over time as services are rendered and are based on either a percentage of the market value of the assets under management, or advisement, or fixed based on the services provided to the customer. The fees are calculated quarterly and are usually collected at the beginning of the period from the customer’s account and recognized ratably over the related billing period.

13
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The Company also offers selling and distribution services and earns commissions through the sale of annuity and mutual fund products. The Company acts as an agent in these transactions and recognizes revenue at a point in time when the customer enters into an agreement with the product carrier. The Company may also receive trailing commissions and 12b-1 fees related to mutual fund and annuity products, and recognizes this revenue in the period that they are realized since the revenue cannot be accurately predicted at the time the policy becomes effective. The Company recognized revenue of $13 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, which relates to mutual fund 12b-1 fees and annuity trailing commissions from performance obligations satisfied in periods prior to March 31, 2018.
Trade execution commissions are earned and recognized on the trade date, when the Company executes a trade for a customer. Payment for the trade execution is due on the settlement date.

Mortgage Servicing Related Income
The Company recognizes as assets the rights to service mortgage loans, either when the loans are sold and the associated servicing rights are retained or when servicing rights are purchased from a third party. Mortgage servicing related income includes servicing fees, modification fees, fees for ancillary services, gains or losses from hedging, changes in fair value, and other fees customarily associated with servicing arrangements. For additional information relating to mortgage servicing related income, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” in this Form 10-Q.

Mortgage Production Related Income
Mortgage production related income is comprised primarily of activity related to the sale of consumer mortgage loans as well as loan origination fees such as closing charges, document review fees, application fees, other loan origination fees, and loan processing fees. For additional information relating to mortgage production related income, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” in this Form 10-Q.

Commercial Real Estate Related Income
Commercial real estate related income consists primarily of origination fees, such as loan placement and broker fees, gains and losses on the sale of commercial loans, commercial mortgage loan servicing fees, income from community development investments, gains and losses from the sale of structured real estate, and other fee income, such as asset advisory fees. The Company earns loan placement and broker fees for arranging financing between third party investors/lenders and borrowers. Additionally, the Company also aids customers in due diligence
 
and valuation advisory services for potential real estate services. For additional information relating to commercial real estate related income, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” in this Form 10-Q.

Net Securities Gains or Losses
The Company recognizes net securities gains or losses primarily as a result of the sale of securities AFS and the recognition of any OTTI on securities AFS. For additional information relating to net securities gains or losses, see Note 5, “Securities Available for Sale.”

Other Noninterest Income
Other noninterest income within the scope of ASC Topic 606 consists primarily of fees from the sale of custom checks. The Company serves as an agent for customers by connecting them with a third party check provider. Revenue from such sales are earned in the form of commissions from the third party check provider and is recognized at a point in time on the date the customer places an order. Commissions for personal check orders are credited to revenue on an ongoing basis, and commissions for commercial check orders are received quarterly in arrears.
Other noninterest income also includes income from bank-owned life insurance policies that is not within the scope of ASC Topic 606. Income from bank-owned life insurance primarily represents changes in the cash surrender value of such life insurance policies held on certain key employees, for which the Company is the owner and beneficiary. Revenue is recognized in each period based on the change in the cash surrender value during the period.

Practical Expedients and Other
The Company pays sales commissions as a cost to obtain certain contracts within the scope of ASC Topic 606; however, sales commissions relating to these contracts are generally expensed when incurred because the amortization period would be one year or less. Sales commissions are recognized as employee compensation within Noninterest expense on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.
The Company has elected the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which the Company recognizes revenue at the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice for services performed.
The Company does not have any material contract assets, liabilities, or other receivables recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets, relating to its revenue streams within the scope of ASC Topic 606, at March 31, 2018.



14
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 3 - FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD AND SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Agreements to Resell
Fed Funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell were as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Fed funds sold

$20

 

$65

Securities borrowed
449

 
298

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
959

 
1,175

Total Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell

$1,428

 

$1,538

Securities purchased under agreements to resell are primarily collateralized by U.S. government or agency securities and are carried at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently resold, plus accrued interest. Securities borrowed are primarily collateralized by corporate securities. The Company borrows securities and purchases securities under agreements to resell as part of its securities financing activities. On the acquisition date of these securities, the Company and the
 
related counterparty agree on the amount of collateral required to secure the principal amount loaned under these arrangements. The Company monitors collateral values daily and calls for additional collateral to be provided as warranted under the respective agreements. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the total market value of collateral held was $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion, of which $150 million and $177 million was repledged, respectively.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as secured borrowings. The following table presents the Company’s related activity, by collateral type and remaining contractual maturity:
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
Overnight and Continuous
 
Up to 30 days
 
30-90 days
 
Total
 
Overnight and Continuous
 
Up to 30 days
 
30-90 days
 
Total
U.S. Treasury securities

$46

 

$—

 

$—

 

$46

 

$95

 

$—

 

$—

 

$95

Federal agency securities
114

 
18

 
1

 
133

 
101

 
15

 
—

 
116

MBS - agency
857

 
81

 
—

 
938

 
694

 
135

 
—

 
829

CP
36

 
—

 
—

 
36

 
19

 
—

 
—

 
19

Corporate and other debt securities
336

 
149

 
39

 
524

 
316

 
88

 
40

 
444

Total securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$1,389

 

$248

 

$40

 

$1,677

 

$1,225

 

$238

 

$40

 

$1,503


For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Company would be obligated to provide additional collateral in the event of a significant decline in fair value of the collateral pledged. This risk is managed by monitoring the liquidity and credit quality of the collateral, as well as the maturity profile of the transactions.

Netting of Securities - Repurchase and Resell Agreements
The Company has various financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. The Company's derivatives that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements are discussed in Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments."
The following table presents the Company's securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities
 
sold under agreements to repurchase that are subject to MRAs. Generally, MRAs require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. Transactions subject to these agreements are treated as collateralized financings, and those with a single counterparty are permitted to be presented net on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were no such transactions subject to legally enforceable MRAs that were eligible for balance sheet netting. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, the amount of collateral presented in this table is limited to the amount of the related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty.

15
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



(Dollars in millions)
Gross
Amount
 
Amount
Offset
 
Net Amount
Presented in
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
 
Held/Pledged Financial
Instruments
 
Net
Amount
March 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell

$1,408

 

$—

 

$1,408

1 

$1,394

 

$14

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,677

 
—

 
1,677

 
1,677

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell

$1,473

 

$—

 

$1,473

1 

$1,462

 

$11

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,503

 
—

 
1,503

 
1,503

 
—

1 Excludes $20 million and $65 million of Fed Funds sold, which are not subject to a master netting agreement at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.


NOTE 4 - TRADING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The fair values of the components of trading assets and liabilities and derivative instruments are presented in the following table:
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments:
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities

$182

 

$157

Federal agency securities
238

 
395

U.S. states and political subdivisions
123

 
61

MBS - agency
699

 
700

Corporate and other debt securities
804

 
655

CP
169

 
118

Equity securities
51

 
56

Derivative instruments 1
657

 
802

Trading loans 2
2,189

 
2,149

Total trading assets and derivative instruments

$5,112

 

$5,093

 
 
 
 
Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments:
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities

$698

 

$577

MBS - agency
1

 
—

Corporate and other debt securities
453

 
289

Equity securities
5

 
9

Derivative instruments 1
580

 
408

Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments

$1,737

 

$1,283

1 Amounts include the impact of offsetting cash collateral received from and paid to the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists.
2 Includes loans related to TRS.

Various trading and derivative instruments are used as part of the Company’s overall balance sheet management strategies and to support client requirements executed through the Bank and/or STRH, a broker/dealer subsidiary of the Company. The Company manages the potential market volatility associated with trading instruments by using appropriate risk management strategies. The size, volume, and nature of the trading products and derivative instruments can vary based on economic conditions as well as client-specific and Company-specific asset or liability positions.
Product offerings to clients include debt securities, loans traded in the secondary market, equity securities, derivative contracts, and other similar financial instruments. Other trading-
 
related activities include acting as a market maker for certain debt and equity security transactions, derivative instrument transactions, and foreign exchange transactions. The Company also uses derivatives to manage its interest rate and market risk from non-trading activities. The Company has policies and procedures to manage market risk associated with client trading and non-trading activities, and assumes a limited degree of market risk by managing the size and nature of its exposure. For valuation assumptions and additional information related to the Company's trading products and derivative instruments, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

16
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Pledged trading assets are presented in the following table:
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Pledged trading assets to secure repurchase agreements 1

$1,151

 

$1,016

Pledged trading assets to secure certain derivative agreements
97

 
72

Pledged trading assets to secure other arrangements
40

 
41

1 Repurchase agreements secured by collateral totaled $1.1 billion and $975 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.



NOTE 5 – SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Securities Portfolio Composition
 
March 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury securities

$4,437

 

$—

 

$97

 

$4,340

Federal agency securities
248

 
3

 
2

 
249

U.S. states and political subdivisions
644

 
5

 
13

 
636

MBS - agency residential
22,837

 
146

 
470

 
22,513

MBS - agency commercial
2,320

 
1

 
79

 
2,242

MBS - non-agency residential
53

 
4

 
—

 
57

MBS - non-agency commercial
897

 
—

 
23

 
874

ABS
6

 
1

 
—

 
7

Corporate and other debt securities
16

 
—

 
—

 
16

Total securities AFS

$31,458

 

$160

 

$684

 

$30,934

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  December 31, 2017 1
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury securities

$4,361

 

$2

 

$32

 

$4,331

Federal agency securities
257

 
3

 
1

 
259

U.S. states and political subdivisions
618

 
7

 
8

 
617

MBS - agency residential
22,616

 
222

 
134

 
22,704

MBS - agency commercial
2,121

 
3

 
38

 
2,086

MBS - non-agency residential
55

 
4

 
—

 
59

MBS - non-agency commercial
862

 
7

 
3

 
866

ABS
6

 
2

 
—

 
8

Corporate and other debt securities
17

 
—

 
—

 
17

Total securities AFS

$30,913

 

$250

 

$216

 

$30,947

1 Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability. See Note 9, "Other Assets," for additional information.

The following table presents interest on securities AFS:
 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
2017
Taxable interest

$201

 

$180

Tax-exempt interest
5

 
2

Total interest on securities AFS 1

$206

 

$182

1 Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and began presenting income associated with certain of these equity securities in Trading account interest and other on the Consolidated Statements of Income. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, income associated with these equity securities was presented in Interest on securities available for sale and has been reclassified to Trading account interest and other for comparability.


17
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Securities AFS pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, trusts, certain derivative agreements, and other funds had a fair value of $3.8 billion and $4.3 billion at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
The following table presents the amortized cost, fair value, and weighted average yield of investments in securities AFS at
 
March 31, 2018, by remaining contractual maturity, with the exception of MBS and ABS, which are based on estimated average life. Receipt of cash flows may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.
 
Distribution of Remaining Maturities
(Dollars in millions)
Due in 1 Year or Less
 
Due After 1 Year through 5 Years
 
Due After 5 Years through 10 Years
 
Due After 10 Years
 
Total
Amortized Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities

$—

 

$2,731

 

$1,706

 

$—

 

$4,437

Federal agency securities
116

 
40

 
4

 
88

 
248

U.S. states and political subdivisions
6

 
59

 
63

 
516

 
644

MBS - agency residential
1,462

 
4,771

 
16,222

 
382

 
22,837

MBS - agency commercial
1

 
414

 
1,643

 
262

 
2,320

MBS - non-agency residential
—

 
49

 
—

 
4

 
53

MBS - non-agency commercial
—

 
13

 
884

 
—

 
897

ABS
—

 
—

 
5

 
1

 
6

Corporate and other debt securities
7

 
9

 
—

 
—

 
16

Total securities AFS

$1,592

 

$8,086

 

$20,527

 

$1,253

 

$31,458

Fair Value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities

$—

 

$2,673

 

$1,667

 

$—

 

$4,340

Federal agency securities
118

 
41

 
4

 
86

 
249

U.S. states and political subdivisions
6

 
61

 
65

 
504

 
636

MBS - agency residential
1,517

 
4,747

 
15,877

 
372

 
22,513

MBS - agency commercial
1

 
400

 
1,589

 
252

 
2,242

MBS - non-agency residential
—

 
53

 
—

 
4

 
57

MBS - non-agency commercial
—

 
12

 
862

 
—

 
874

ABS
—

 
—

 
6

 
1

 
7

Corporate and other debt securities
7

 
9

 
—

 
—

 
16

Total securities AFS

$1,649

 

$7,996

 

$20,070

 

$1,219

 

$30,934

 Weighted average yield 1
3.31
%
 
2.18
%
 
2.86
%
 
3.04
%
 
2.72
%
1 Weighted average yields are based on amortized cost and presented on an FTE basis.


18
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Securities AFS in an Unrealized Loss Position
The Company held certain investment securities AFS where amortized cost exceeded fair value, resulting in unrealized loss positions. Market changes in interest rates and credit spreads may result in temporary unrealized losses as the market prices of securities fluctuate. At March 31, 2018, the Company did not intend to sell these securities nor was it more-likely-than-not that
 
the Company would be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery or maturity. The Company reviewed its portfolio for OTTI in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies." to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Securities AFS in an unrealized loss position at period end are presented in the following tables:
 
March 31, 2018
 
Less than twelve months
 
Twelve months or longer
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses 1
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses 1
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses 1
Temporarily impaired securities AFS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities

$3,508

 

$69

 

$832

 

$28

 

$4,340

 

$97

Federal agency securities
22

 
—

 
53

 
2

 
75

 
2

U.S. states and political subdivisions
384

 
8

 
110

 
5

 
494

 
13

MBS - agency residential
13,742

 
284

 
4,460

 
186

 
18,202

 
470

MBS - agency commercial
1,260

 
33

 
894

 
46

 
2,154

 
79

MBS - non-agency commercial
748

 
18

 
90

 
5

 
838

 
23

ABS
—

 
—

 
4

 
—

 
4

 
—

Corporate and other debt securities
9

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9

 
—

Total temporarily impaired securities AFS
19,673

 
412


6,443


272


26,116


684

OTTI securities AFS 2:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABS
—

 
—

 
1

 
—

 
1

 
—

Total OTTI securities AFS
—

 
—

 
1

 
—

 
1

 
—

Total impaired securities AFS

$19,673

 

$412

 

$6,444

 

$272

 

$26,117

 

$684

1 Unrealized losses less than $0.5 million are presented as zero within the table.
2 OTTI securities AFS are impaired securities for which OTTI credit losses have been previously recognized in earnings.

 
December 31, 2017 1
 
Less than twelve months
 
Twelve months or longer
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses 2
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses 2
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses 2
Temporarily impaired securities AFS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities

$1,993

 

$12

 

$841

 

$20

 

$2,834

 

$32

Federal agency securities
23

 
—

 
60

 
1

 
83

 
1

U.S. states and political subdivisions
267

 
3

 
114

 
5

 
381

 
8

MBS - agency residential
8,095

 
38

 
4,708

 
96

 
12,803

 
134

MBS - agency commercial
887

 
9

 
915

 
29

 
1,802

 
38

MBS - non-agency commercial
134

 
1

 
93

 
2

 
227

 
3

ABS
—

 
—

 
4

 
—

 
4

 
—

Corporate and other debt securities
10

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
10

 
—

Total temporarily impaired securities AFS
11,409

 
63

 
6,735

 
153

 
18,144

 
216

OTTI securities AFS 3:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABS
—

 
—

 
1

 
—

 
1

 
—

Total OTTI securities AFS
—

 
—

 
1

 
—

 
1

 
—

Total impaired securities AFS

$11,409

 

$63

 

$6,736

 

$153

 

$18,145

 

$216

1 Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability.
2 Unrealized losses less than $0.5 million are presented as zero within the table.
3 OTTI securities AFS are impaired securities for which OTTI credit losses have been previously recognized in earnings.

At March 31, 2018, temporarily impaired securities AFS that have been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer included residential and commercial agency MBS, U.S. Treasury securities, municipal securities, commercial non-agency MBS, federal agency securities, and one ABS
 
collateralized by 2004 vintage home equity loans. Unrealized losses on temporarily impaired securities were due to market interest rates being higher than the securities' stated coupon rates. Unrealized losses on securities AFS that relate to factors other than credit are recorded in AOCI, net of tax.

19
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Realized Gains and Losses and Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities AFS
Net securities gains/(losses) are comprised of gross realized gains, gross realized losses, and OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings. Gross realized gains were immaterial for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and there were no gross realized gains recognized in earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2017. For both the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no gross realized losses or OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings.
Securities AFS in an unrealized loss position are evaluated quarterly for other-than-temporary credit impairment, which is determined using cash flow analyses that take into account security specific collateral and transaction structure. Future expected credit losses are determined using various assumptions, the most significant of which include default rates, prepayment rates, and loss severities. If, based on this analysis, a security is in an unrealized loss position and the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the expected cash flows are then discounted at the security’s initial effective interest rate to arrive at a present value amount. Credit losses on the OTTI security are recognized in earnings and reflect
 
the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the security. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's policy on securities AFS and related impairments.
The Company seeks to reduce existing exposure on OTTI securities primarily through paydowns. In certain instances, the amount of credit losses recognized in earnings on a debt security exceeds the total unrealized losses on the security, which may result in unrealized gains relating to factors other than credit recorded in AOCI, net of tax.
During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no credit impairment losses recognized on securities AFS held at the end of each period. The accumulated balance of OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings on securities AFS held at period end was $23 million and $22 million at March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Subsequent credit losses may be recorded on securities without a corresponding further decline in fair value when there has been a decline in expected cash flows.



20
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 6 - LOANS
Composition of Loan Portfolio
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
C&I 1

$66,321

 

$66,356

CRE
5,352

 
5,317

Commercial construction
3,651

 
3,804

Total commercial loans
75,324

 
75,477

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - guaranteed
611

 
560

Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed 2
27,165

 
27,136

Residential home equity products
10,241

 
10,626

Residential construction
256

 
298

Guaranteed student
6,693

 
6,633

Other direct
8,941

 
8,729

Indirect
11,869

 
12,140

Credit cards
1,518

 
1,582

Total consumer loans
67,294

 
67,704

LHFI

$142,618

 

$143,181

LHFS 3

$2,377

 

$2,290

1 Includes $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion of lease financing, and $788 million and $778 million of installment loans at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
2 Includes $188 million and $196 million of LHFI measured at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
3 Includes $1.4 billion and $1.6 billion of LHFS measured at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company transferred $204 million and $60 million of LHFI to LHFS, and transferred $6 million and $7 million of LHFS to LHFI, respectively. In addition to sales of residential and commercial mortgage LHFS in the normal course of business, the Company sold $36 million and $118 million of loans and leases during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, at a price approximating their recorded investment.
During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company purchased $475 million of guaranteed student loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company purchased $539 million of guaranteed student loans and $99 million of consumer indirect loans.
At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $23.5 billion and $24.3 billion of net eligible loan collateral pledged to the Federal Reserve discount window to support $17.6 billion and $18.2 billion of available, unused borrowing capacity, respectively.
At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $38.2 billion and $38.0 billion of net eligible loan collateral pledged to the FHLB of Atlanta to support $30.3 billion and $30.5 billion of available borrowing capacity, respectively. The available FHLB borrowing capacity at March 31, 2018 was used to support $4 million of long-term debt and $4.8 billion of letters of credit issued on the Company's behalf. At December 31, 2017, the available FHLB borrowing capacity was used to support $4 million of long-term debt and $6.7 billion of letters of credit issued on the Company's behalf.
 
Credit Quality Evaluation
The Company evaluates the credit quality of its loan portfolio by employing a dual internal risk rating system, which assigns both PD and LGD ratings to derive expected losses. Assignment of these ratings are predicated upon numerous factors, including consumer credit risk scores, rating agency information, borrower/guarantor financial capacity, LTV ratios, collateral type, debt service coverage ratios, collection experience, other internal metrics/analyses, and/or qualitative assessments.
For the commercial portfolio, the Company believes that the most appropriate credit quality indicator is an individual loan’s risk assessment expressed according to the broad regulatory agency classifications of Pass or Criticized. The Company conforms to the following regulatory classifications for Criticized assets: Other Assets Especially Mentioned (or Special Mention), Adversely Classified, Doubtful, and Loss. However, for the purposes of disclosure, management believes the most meaningful distinction within the Criticized categories is between Criticized accruing (which includes Special Mention and a portion of Adversely Classified) and Criticized nonaccruing (which includes a portion of Adversely Classified and Doubtful and Loss). This distinction identifies those relatively higher risk loans for which there is a basis to believe that the Company will not collect all amounts due under those loan agreements. The Company's risk rating system is more granular, with multiple risk ratings in both the Pass and Criticized categories. Pass ratings reflect relatively low PDs, whereas, Criticized assets have higher PDs. The granularity in Pass ratings assists in establishing pricing, loan structures, approval requirements, reserves, and ongoing credit management requirements. Commercial risk ratings are refreshed at least annually, or more frequently as appropriate, based upon considerations such as market conditions, borrower characteristics, and portfolio trends. Additionally, management routinely reviews portfolio risk ratings, trends, and concentrations to support risk identification and mitigation activities.
For consumer loans, the Company monitors credit risk based on indicators such as delinquencies and FICO scores. The Company believes that consumer credit risk, as assessed by the industry-wide FICO scoring method, is a relevant credit quality indicator. Borrower-specific FICO scores are obtained at origination as part of the Company’s formal underwriting process, and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company at least quarterly.
For guaranteed loans, the Company monitors the credit quality based primarily on delinquency status, as it is a more relevant indicator of credit quality due to the government guarantee. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 29% and 28%, respectively, of guaranteed residential mortgages were current with respect to payments. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 77% and 75%, respectively, of guaranteed student loans were current with respect to payments. The Company's loss exposure on guaranteed residential mortgages and student loans is mitigated by the government guarantee.

21
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued




LHFI by credit quality indicator are presented in the following tables:
 
Commercial Loans
 
C&I
 
CRE
 
Commercial Construction
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Risk rating:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass

$64,453

 

$64,546

 

$5,152

 

$5,126

 

$3,597

 

$3,770

Criticized accruing
1,652

 
1,595

 
154

 
167

 
54

 
33

Criticized nonaccruing
216

 
215

 
46

 
24

 
—

 
1

Total

$66,321

 

$66,356

 

$5,352

 

$5,317

 

$3,651

 

$3,804



 
 Consumer Loans 1
 
Residential Mortgages -
Nonguaranteed
 
Residential Home Equity Products
 
Residential Construction
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Current FICO score range:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
700 and above

$23,732

 

$23,602

 

$8,621

 

$8,946

 

$204

 

$240

620 - 699
2,655

 
2,721

 
1,174

 
1,242

 
45

 
50

Below 620 2
778

 
813

 
446

 
438

 
7

 
8

Total

$27,165

 

$27,136

 

$10,241

 

$10,626

 

$256

 

$298


 
Other Direct
 
Indirect
 
Credit Cards
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Current FICO score range:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
700 and above

$8,145

 

$7,929

 

$8,867

 

$9,094

 

$1,034

 

$1,088

620 - 699
755

 
757

 
2,270

 
2,344

 
385

 
395

Below 620 2
41

 
43

 
732

 
702

 
99

 
99

Total

$8,941

 

$8,729

 

$11,869

 

$12,140

 

$1,518

 

$1,582

1 Excludes $6.7 billion and $6.6 billion of guaranteed student loans and $611 million and $560 million of guaranteed residential mortgages at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, for which there was nominal risk of principal loss due to the government guarantee.
2 For substantially all loans with refreshed FICO scores below 620, the borrower’s FICO score at the time of origination exceeded 620 but has since deteriorated as the loan has seasoned.

22
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued




The LHFI portfolio by payment status is presented in the following tables:

 
March 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)
Accruing
Current
 
Accruing
30-89 Days
Past Due
 
Accruing
90+ Days
Past Due
 
 Nonaccruing 2
 
Total
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I

$66,064

 

$32

 

$9

 

$216

 

$66,321

CRE
5,304

 
2

 
—

 
46

 
5,352

Commercial construction
3,651

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
3,651

Total commercial loans
75,019

 
34

 
9

 
262

 
75,324

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - guaranteed
179

 
53

 
379

 
—

 
611

Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed 1
26,838

 
66

 
8

 
253

 
27,165

Residential home equity products
10,006

 
66

 
—

 
169

 
10,241

Residential construction
240

 
—

 
—

 
16

 
256

Guaranteed student
5,148

 
612

 
933

 
—

 
6,693

Other direct
8,893

 
35

 
5

 
8

 
8,941

Indirect
11,780

 
84

 
1

 
4

 
11,869

Credit cards
1,491

 
14

 
13

 
—

 
1,518

Total consumer loans
64,575

 
930

 
1,339

 
450

 
67,294

Total LHFI

$139,594

 

$964

 

$1,348

 

$712

 

$142,618

1 Includes $188 million of loans measured at fair value, the majority of which were accruing current.
2 Nonaccruing loans past due 90 days or more totaled $417 million. Nonaccruing loans past due fewer than 90 days include nonaccrual loans modified in TDRs, performing second lien loans where the first lien loan is nonperforming, and certain energy-related commercial loans. 


 
December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
Accruing
Current
 
Accruing
30-89 Days
Past Due
 
Accruing
90+ Days
Past Due
 
 Nonaccruing 2
 
Total
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I

$66,092

 

$42

 

$7

 

$215

 

$66,356

CRE
5,293

 
—

 
—

 
24

 
5,317

Commercial construction
3,803

 
—

 
—

 
1

 
3,804

Total commercial loans
75,188

 
42

 
7

 
240

 
75,477

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - guaranteed
159

 
55

 
346

 
—

 
560

Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed 1
26,778

 
148

 
4

 
206

 
27,136

Residential home equity products
10,348

 
75

 
—

 
203

 
10,626

Residential construction
280

 
7

 
—

 
11

 
298

Guaranteed student
4,946

 
659

 
1,028

 
—

 
6,633

Other direct
8,679

 
36

 
7

 
7

 
8,729

Indirect
12,022

 
111

 
—

 
7

 
12,140

Credit cards
1,556

 
13

 
13

 
—

 
1,582

Total consumer loans
64,768

 
1,104

 
1,398

 
434

 
67,704

Total LHFI

$139,956

 

$1,146

 

$1,405

 

$674

 

$143,181

1 Includes $196 million of loans measured at fair value, the majority of which were accruing current.
2 Nonaccruing loans past due 90 days or more totaled $357 million. Nonaccruing loans past due fewer than 90 days include nonaccrual loans modified in TDRs, performing second lien loans where the first lien loan is nonperforming, and certain energy-related commercial loans.


23
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued




Impaired Loans
A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the agreement. Commercial nonaccrual loans greater than $3 million and certain commercial and consumer loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR are individually evaluated for
 
impairment. Smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and loans measured at fair value are not included in the following tables. Additionally, the following tables exclude guaranteed student loans and guaranteed residential mortgages for which there was nominal risk of principal loss due to the government guarantee.

 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
 Carrying 1
Value
 
Related
ALLL
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
 Carrying 1
Value
 
Related
ALLL
Impaired LHFI with no ALLL recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I

$28

 

$20

 

$—

 

$38

 

$35

 

$—

CRE
21

 
21

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total commercial loans with no ALLL recorded
49

 
41

 
—

 
38

 
35

 
—

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
453

 
355

 
—

 
458

 
363

 
—

Residential construction
12

 
6

 
—

 
15

 
9

 
—

Total consumer loans with no ALLL recorded
465

 
361

 
—

 
473

 
372

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired LHFI with an ALLL recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I
157

 
149

 
22

 
127

 
117

 
19

CRE
25

 
21

 
—

 
21

 
21

 
2

Total commercial loans with an ALLL recorded
182

 
170

 
22

 
148

 
138

 
21

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
1,112

 
1,087

 
107

 
1,133

 
1,103

 
113

Residential home equity products
927

 
871

 
52

 
953

 
895

 
54

Residential construction
91

 
89

 
7

 
93

 
90

 
7

Other direct
57

 
58

 
1

 
59

 
59

 
1

Indirect
129

 
128

 
6

 
123

 
122

 
7

Credit cards
27

 
7

 
1

 
26

 
7

 
1

Total consumer loans with an ALLL recorded
2,343

 
2,240

 
174

 
2,387

 
2,276

 
183

Total impaired LHFI

$3,039

 

$2,812

 

$196

 

$3,046

 

$2,821

 

$204

1 Carrying value reflects charge-offs that have been recognized plus other amounts that have been applied to adjust the net book balance.


Included in the impaired LHFI carrying values above at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were $2.4 billion of accruing TDRs, of which 98% and 96% were current, respectively. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the Company’s loan impairment policy.


24
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued





 
Three Months Ended March 31
 
2018
 
2017
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Carrying
Value
 
 Interest 1
Income
Recognized
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
 Interest 1
Income
Recognized
Impaired LHFI with no ALLL recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I

$20

 

$—

 

$240

 

$1

CRE
21

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total commercial loans with no ALLL recorded
41

 
—

 
240

 
1

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
353

 
4

 
360

 
4

Residential construction
6

 
—

 
8

 
—

Total consumer loans with no ALLL recorded
359

 
4

 
368

 
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired LHFI with an ALLL recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I
149

 
1

 
165

 
1

CRE
25

 
—

 
17

 
—

Total commercial loans with an ALLL recorded
174

 
1

 
182

 
1

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
1,093

 
12

 
1,216

 
15

Residential home equity products
873

 
9

 
833

 
8

Residential construction
90

 
1

 
105

 
1

Other direct
57

 
1

 
58

 
1

Indirect
131

 
2

 
108

 
1

Credit cards
7

 
—

 
6

 
—

Total consumer loans with an ALLL recorded
2,251

 
25

 
2,326

 
26

Total impaired LHFI

$2,825

 

$30

 

$3,116

 

$32

1 Of the interest income recognized during each of the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, cash basis interest income was less than $1 million.


25
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued




NPAs are presented in the following table:

(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Nonaccrual loans/NPLs:
 
 
 
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
C&I

$216

 

$215

CRE
46

 
24

Commercial construction
—

 
1

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
253

 
206

Residential home equity products
169

 
203

Residential construction
16

 
11

Other direct
8

 
7

Indirect
4

 
7

Total nonaccrual loans/NPLs 1
712

 
674

OREO 2
59

 
57

Other repossessed assets
7

 
10

Total NPAs

$778

 

$741

1 Nonaccruing restructured loans are included in total nonaccrual loans/NPLs.
2 Does not include foreclosed real estate related to loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Proceeds due from the FHA and the VA are recorded as a receivable in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until the property is conveyed and the funds are received. The receivable related to proceeds due from the FHA and the VA totaled $43 million and $45 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.



The Company's recorded investment of nonaccruing loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $81 million and $73 million, respectively. The Company's recorded investment of accruing loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $106 million and $101 million, of which $99 million and $97 million were insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, respectively.
 
At March 31, 2018, OREO included $54 million of foreclosed residential real estate properties and $3 million of foreclosed commercial real estate properties, with the remaining $2 million related to land.
At December 31, 2017, OREO included $51 million of foreclosed residential real estate properties and $4 million of foreclosed commercial real estate properties, with the remaining $2 million related to land.


26
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued




Restructured Loans
A TDR is a loan for which the Company has granted an economic concession to a borrower in response to financial difficulty experienced by the borrower, which the Company would not have considered otherwise. When a loan is modified under the terms of a TDR, the Company typically offers the borrower an extension of the loan maturity date and/or a reduction in the original contractual interest rate. In limited situations, the Company may offer to restructure a loan in a manner that
 
ultimately results in the forgiveness of a contractually specified principal balance.
At both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $2 million of commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a TDR. The number and carrying value of loans modified under the terms of a TDR, by type of modification, are presented in the following tables:
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 1
(Dollars in millions)
Number of Loans Modified
 
Rate Modification
 
Term Extension and/or Other Concessions
 
Total
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I
46

 

$—

 

$56

 

$56

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
61

 
9

 
8

 
17

Residential home equity products
136

 
—

 
13

 
13

Other direct
114

 
—

 
1

 
1

Indirect
778

 
—

 
20

 
20

Credit cards
308

 
1

 
1

 
2

Total TDR additions
1,443

 

$10

 

$99

 

$109

1 Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.

 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 1
(Dollars in millions)
Number of Loans Modified
 
Rate Modification
 
Term Extension and/or Other Concessions
 
Total
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I
30

 

$—

 

$41

 

$41

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
34

 
4

 
2

 
6

Residential home equity products
655

 
1

 
66

 
67

Other direct
110

 
—

 
1

 
1

Indirect
547

 
—

 
14

 
14

Credit cards
235

 
1

 
—

 
1

Total TDR additions
1,611

 

$6

 

$124

 

$130

1 Includes loans modified under the terms of a TDR that were charged-off during the period.

TDRs that defaulted during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, which were first modified within the previous 12 months, were immaterial. The majority of loans that were modified under the terms of a TDR and subsequently became 90 days or more delinquent have remained on nonaccrual status since the time of delinquency.

Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company does not have a significant concentration of credit risk to any individual client except for the U.S. government and its agencies. However, a geographic concentration arises because the Company operates primarily within Florida, Georgia, Virginia, Maryland, and North Carolina. The Company’s total cross-border outstanding loans were $1.4 billion at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
 
With respect to collateral concentration, the Company's recorded investment in residential real estate secured LHFI totaled $38.3 billion at March 31, 2018 and represented 27% of total LHFI. At December 31, 2017, the Company's recorded investment in residential real estate secured LHFI totaled $38.6 billion and represented 27% of total LHFI. Additionally, at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $10.2 billion and $10.1 billion in commitments to extend credit on home equity lines and $3.4 billion and $3.0 billion in residential mortgage commitments outstanding, respectively. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2% and 1%, respectively, of the Company's residential real estate secured LHFI were insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

27
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 7 - ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The allowance for credit losses consists of the ALLL and the unfunded commitments reserve. Activity in the allowance for credit losses is summarized in the following table:
 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
2017
Balance, beginning of period

$1,814

 

$1,776

Provision for loan losses
38

 
117

Provision for unfunded commitments
(10
)
 
2

Loan charge-offs
(106
)
 
(146
)
Loan recoveries
27

 
34

Balance, end of period

$1,763

 

$1,783

 
 
 
 
Components:
 
 
 
ALLL

$1,694

 

$1,714

Unfunded commitments reserve 1
69

 
69

Allowance for credit losses

$1,763

 

$1,783

1 The unfunded commitments reserve is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Activity in the ALLL by loan segment is presented in the following tables:
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial
Loans
 
Consumer
Loans
 
Total
Balance, beginning of period

$1,101

 

$634

 

$1,735

Provision for loan losses
(16
)
 
54

 
38

Loan charge-offs
(23
)
 
(83
)
 
(106
)
Loan recoveries
6

 
21

 
27

Balance, end of period

$1,068

 

$626

 

$1,694

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial
Loans
 
Consumer
Loans
 
Total
Balance, beginning of period

$1,124

 

$585

 

$1,709

Provision for loan losses
46

 
71

 
117

Loan charge-offs
(63
)
 
(83
)
 
(146
)
Loan recoveries
13

 
21

 
34

Balance, end of period

$1,120

 

$594

 

$1,714


As discussed in Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the ALLL is composed of both specific allowances for certain nonaccrual loans and TDRs, and general allowances for groups of loans with similar risk characteristics. No allowance is required for loans
 
measured at fair value. Additionally, the Company records an immaterial allowance for loan products that are insured by federal agencies or guaranteed by GSEs, as there is nominal risk of principal loss.



28
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The Company’s LHFI portfolio and related ALLL is presented in the following tables:
 
March 31, 2018
 
Commercial Loans
 
Consumer Loans
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Carrying
Value
 
Related
ALLL
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
ALLL
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
ALLL
LHFI evaluated for impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated

$211

 

$22

 

$2,601

 

$174

 

$2,812

 

$196

Collectively evaluated
75,113

 
1,046

 
64,505

 
452

 
139,618

 
1,498

Total evaluated
75,324

 
1,068

 
67,106

 
626

 
142,430

 
1,694

LHFI measured at fair value
—

 
—

 
188

 
—

 
188

 
—

Total LHFI

$75,324

 

$1,068

 

$67,294

 

$626

 

$142,618

 

$1,694

 
December 31, 2017
 
Commercial Loans
 
Consumer Loans
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Carrying
Value
 
Related
ALLL
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
ALLL
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
ALLL
LHFI evaluated for impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated

$173

 

$21

 

$2,648

 

$183

 

$2,821

 

$204

Collectively evaluated
75,304

 
1,080

 
64,860

 
451

 
140,164

 
1,531

Total evaluated
75,477

 
1,101

 
67,508

 
634

 
142,985

 
1,735

LHFI measured at fair value
—

 
—

 
196

 
—

 
196

 
—

Total LHFI

$75,477

 

$1,101

 

$67,704

 

$634

 

$143,181

 

$1,735




NOTE 8 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
The Company conducts a goodwill impairment test at the reporting unit level at least annually, or more frequently as events occur or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's goodwill accounting policy.
In the first quarter of 2018, the Company performed a qualitative goodwill assessment on its Consumer and Wholesale reporting units, considering changes in key assumptions as well
 
as other events and circumstances occurring since the most recent annual goodwill impairment test performed as of October 1, 2017. The Company concluded, based on the totality of factors observed, that it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair values of its reportable segments are less than their respective carrying values. Accordingly, goodwill was not required to be quantitatively tested for impairment during the three months ended March 31, 2018.
There were no material changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

29
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Other Intangible Assets
Changes in the carrying amounts of other intangible assets for the three months ended March 31 are presented in the following table:
(Dollars in millions)
Residential MSRs - Fair Value
 
Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights and Other
 
Total
Balance, January 1, 2018

$1,710

 

$81

 

$1,791

Amortization 1
—

 
(5
)
 
(5
)
Servicing rights originated
76

 
4

 
80

Servicing rights purchased
74

 
—

 
74

Changes in fair value:
 
 
 
 

Due to changes in inputs and assumptions 2
111

 
—

 
111

Other changes in fair value 3
(55
)
 
—

 
(55
)
Balance, March 31, 2018

$1,916

 

$80

 

$1,996

 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2017

$1,572

 

$85

 

$1,657

Amortization 1
—

 
(5
)
 
(5
)
Servicing rights originated
96

 
5

 
101

Changes in fair value:
 
 
 
 


Due to changes in inputs and assumptions 2
27

 
—

 
27

Other changes in fair value 3
(50
)
 
—

 
(50
)
Other 4
—

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Balance, March 31, 2017

$1,645

 

$84

 

$1,729

1 Does not include expense associated with non-qualified community development investments. See Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," for additional information.
2 Primarily reflects changes in option adjusted spreads and prepayment speed assumptions, due to changes in interest rates.
3 Represents changes due to the collection of expected cash flows, net of accretion due to the passage of time.
4 Represents measurement period adjustment on other intangible assets acquired previously in the Pillar acquisition.


The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets are presented in the following table:
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
Gross Carrying Value
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net Carrying Value
 
Gross Carrying Value
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net Carrying Value
Amortized other intangible assets 1:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial mortgage servicing rights

$83

 

($19
)
 

$64

 

$79

 

($14
)
 

$65

Other (definite-lived)
17

 
(13
)
 
4

 
32

 
(28
)
 
4

Unamortized other intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential MSRs (carried at fair value)
1,916

 
—

 
1,916

 
1,710

 
—

 
1,710

Other (indefinite-lived)
12

 
—

 
12

 
12

 
—

 
12

Total other intangible assets

$2,028

 

($32
)
 

$1,996

 

$1,833

 

($42
)
 

$1,791

1 Excludes fully amortized other intangible assets.
Servicing Rights
The Company acquires servicing rights and retains servicing rights for certain of its sales or securitizations of residential mortgages and commercial loans. Servicing rights on residential and commercial mortgages are the only material servicing assets capitalized by the Company and are classified as Other intangible assets on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
Income earned by the Company on its residential MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified mortgage servicing fees and late fees, net of curtailment costs. Such income
 
earned for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $107 million and $101 million, respectively. These amounts are reported in Mortgage servicing related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the total UPB of residential mortgage loans serviced was $164.7 billion and $165.5 billion, respectively. Included in these amounts at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were $135.3 billion and $136.1 billion, respectively, of loans serviced for third parties. The Company purchased MSRs on residential loans with a UPB of $5.9 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2018;

30
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



however, these loans are not reflected in the UPB amounts above as the transfer of servicing is scheduled for the second quarter of 2018. No MSRs on residential loans were purchased during the three months ended March 31, 2017. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company sold MSRs on residential loans, at a price approximating their fair value, with a UPB of $102 million and $64 million, respectively.
The Company measures the fair value of its residential MSRs using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income using prepayment projections, spreads, and other assumptions. The Consumer Valuation Committee reviews and approves all significant assumption changes at least quarterly, evaluating these inputs compared to various market and empirical data sources. Changes to valuation model inputs are reflected in the periods' results. See Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” for further information regarding the Company's residential MSR valuation methodology.
A summary of the key inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s residential MSRs at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the sensitivity of the fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those inputs, are presented in the following table.
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Fair value of residential MSRs

$1,916

 

$1,710

Prepayment rate assumption (annual)
13
%
 
13
%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

$89

 

$85

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change
169

 
160

Option adjusted spread (annual)
4
%
 
4
%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

$53

 

$47

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change
101

 
90

Weighted-average life (in years)
5.6

 
5.4

Weighted-average coupon
4.0
%
 
3.9
%
These residential MSR sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because (i) the relationship of the change in an assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear and (ii) changes in one assumption may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The sensitivities do not reflect the effect of hedging activity undertaken by the Company to offset changes in the fair value of MSRs. See Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for further information regarding these hedging activities.
Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights
Income earned by the Company on its commercial mortgage servicing rights is derived primarily from contractually specified servicing fees and other ancillary fees, and is reported in
 
Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Such income earned for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $7 million and $5 million, respectively.
The Company also earns income from subservicing certain third party commercial mortgages for which the Company does not record servicing rights, which is reported in Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Such income earned for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $3 million and $4 million, respectively.
At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the total UPB of commercial mortgage loans serviced for third parties was $31.1 billion and $30.1 billion, respectively. Included in these amounts at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were $5.8 billion of loans serviced for third parties for which the Company records servicing rights, and $25.3 billion and $24.3 billion, respectively, of loans subserviced for third parties for which the Company does not record servicing rights. No commercial mortgage servicing rights were purchased or sold during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.
Commercial mortgage servicing rights are accounted for at amortized cost and are monitored for impairment on an ongoing basis. The Company calculates the fair value of commercial servicing rights based on the present value of estimated future net servicing income, considering prepayment projections and other assumptions. Impairment, if any, is recognized when the carrying value of the servicing asset exceeds the fair value at the measurement date. The amortized cost of the Company's commercial mortgage servicing rights were $64 million and $65 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
A summary of the key inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s commercial mortgage servicing rights at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the sensitivity of the fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those inputs, are presented in the following table.
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Fair value of commercial mortgage servicing rights

$76

 

$75

Discount rate (annual)
12
%
 
12
%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

$3

 

$3

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change
6

 
6

Prepayment rate assumption (annual)
6
%
 
7
%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

$1

 

$1

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change
2

 
2

Weighted-average life (in years)
7.2

 
7.0

Float earnings rate (annual)
1.1
%
 
1.1
%

As with residential MSRs, these commercial mortgage servicing right sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution.


31
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 9 - OTHER ASSETS
The components of other assets are presented in the following table:
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Equity securities with readily determinable fair values:
 
 
 
Mutual fund investments 1

$135

 

$49

Other equity 1
8

 
7

Equity securities without readily determinable fair values:
 
 
 
FHLB of Atlanta stock 1
15

 
15

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock 1
403

 
403

Other equity
52

 
26

Lease assets
1,567

 
1,528

Bank-owned life insurance
1,402

 
1,411

Community development investments 2
1,383

 
1,331

Accrued income
936

 
880

Accounts receivable
768

 
2,201

Pension assets, net
476

 
464

Prepaid expenses
279

 
319

OREO
59

 
57

Other
796

 
727

Total other assets

$8,279

 

$9,418

1 Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability.
2 See Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," for additional information.
Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2016-01 on January 1, 2018, the Company elected the measurement alternative for measuring
 
its other equity securities without readily determinable fair values. As reflected in the preceding table, the carrying amount of these other equity securities was $52 million and $26 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, an observable transaction occurred relating to these equity securities, which resulted in a remeasurement gain of $23 million recognized in Other noninterest income in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. There were no remeasurement losses on these equity securities during the three months ended March 31, 2018. See the “Equity Securities” and “Accounting Pronouncements” sections of Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” for additional information on the Company's adoption of ASU 2016-01 and for policy updates related to equity securities.
Lease assets consist primarily of operating leases in which the Company is the lessor. In these scenarios, the Company leases assets and receives periodic rental payments. Depreciation on the leased asset is recognized over the term of the operating lease. Any impairment on the leased asset is recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the asset is not recoverable and is greater than its fair value.
Bank-owned life insurance consists of life insurance policies held on certain employees for which the Company is the beneficiary. These policies provide the Company an efficient form of funding for long-term retirement and other employee benefits costs.
Pension assets (net) represent the funded status of the Company's overfunded pension and other postretirement benefits plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at period end.

NOTE 10 - CERTAIN TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
The Company has transferred loans and securities in sale or securitization transactions for which the Company retains certain beneficial interests, servicing rights, and/or recourse. These transfers of financial assets include certain residential mortgage loans, guaranteed student loans, and commercial and corporate loans, as discussed in the following section, "Transfers of Financial Assets." Cash receipts on beneficial interests held related to these transfers were immaterial for both the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.
When a transfer or other transaction occurs with a VIE, the Company first determines whether it has a VI in the VIE. A VI is typically in the form of securities representing retained interests in transferred assets and, at times, servicing rights, and for commercial mortgage loans sold to Fannie Mae, the loss share guarantee. See Note 14, “Guarantees,” for further discussion of the Company's loss share guarantee. When determining whether to consolidate the VIE, the Company evaluates whether it is a primary beneficiary which has both (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE, and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
 
To determine whether a transfer should be accounted for as a sale or a secured borrowing, the Company evaluates whether: (i) the transferred assets are legally isolated, (ii) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company has relinquished effective control of the transferred assets. If all three conditions are met, then the transfer is accounted for as a sale.
Except as specifically noted herein, the Company is not required to provide additional financial support to any of the entities to which the Company has transferred financial assets, nor has the Company provided any support it was not otherwise obligated to provide. No events occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2018 that changed the Company’s previous conclusions regarding whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs described herein. Furthermore, no events occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2018 that changed the Company’s sale conclusion with regards to previously transferred residential mortgage loans, guaranteed student loans, or commercial and corporate loans.

32
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Transfers of Financial Assets
The following discussion summarizes transfers of financial assets to entities for which the Company has retained some level of continuing involvement.
Consumer Loans
Residential Mortgage Loans
The Company typically transfers first lien residential mortgage loans in conjunction with Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac securitization transactions, whereby the loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash, and servicing rights are retained.
The Company sold residential mortgage loans to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac, which resulted in pre-tax net losses of $13 million and $4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Net gains/losses on the sale of residential mortgage LHFS are recorded at inception of the associated IRLCs and reflect the change in value of the loans resulting from changes in interest rates from the time the Company enters into the related IRLCs with borrowers until the loans are sold, but do not include the results of hedging activities initiated by the Company to mitigate this market risk. See Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments," for further discussion of the Company's hedging activities. The Company has made certain representations and warranties with respect to the transfer of these loans. See Note 14, “Guarantees,” for additional information regarding representations and warranties.
In a limited number of securitizations, the Company has received securities in addition to cash in exchange for the transferred loans, while also retaining servicing rights. The securities received are measured at fair value and classified as securities AFS. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the fair value of securities received totaled $21 million and $22 million, respectively.
The Company evaluates securitization entities in which it has a VI for potential consolidation under the VIE consolidation model. Notwithstanding the Company's role as servicer, the Company typically does not have power over the securitization entities as a result of rights held by the master servicer. In certain transactions, the Company does have power as the servicer, but does not have an obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant. In all such cases, the Company does not consolidate the securitization entity. Total assets of the unconsolidated entities in which the Company has a VI were $142 million and $147 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these unconsolidated residential mortgage loan securitizations is comprised of the loss of value of any interests it retains, which was $21 million and $22 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, and any repurchase obligations or other losses it incurs as a result of any guarantees related to these securitizations, which is discussed further in Note 14, “Guarantees.”
 
Guaranteed Student Loans
The Company has securitized government-guaranteed student loans through a transfer of loans to a securitization entity and retained the residual interest in the entity. The Company concluded that this entity should be consolidated because the Company has (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses, and the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets reflected $185 million and $192 million of assets held by the securitization entity and $182 million and $189 million of debt issued by the entity, respectively, inclusive of related accrued interest.
To the extent that the securitization entity incurs losses on its assets, the securitization entity has recourse to the guarantor of the underlying loan, which is backed by the Department of Education up to a maximum guarantee of 98%, or in the event of death, disability, or bankruptcy, 100%. When not fully guaranteed, losses reduce the amount of available cash payable to the Company as the owner of the residual interest. To the extent that losses result from a breach of servicing responsibilities, the Company, which functions as the master servicer, may be required to repurchase the defaulted loan(s) at par value. If the breach was caused by the subservicer, the Company would seek reimbursement from the subservicer up to the guaranteed amount. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to the securitization entity would arise from a breach of its servicing responsibilities. To date, loss claims filed with the guarantor that have been denied due to servicing errors have either been, or are in the process of, being cured, or reimbursement has been provided to the Company by the subservicer, or in limited cases, absorbed by the Company.
Commercial and Corporate Loans
The Company originates and sells certain commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, originates FHA insured loans, and issues and sells Ginnie Mae commercial MBS secured by FHA insured loans. The Company transferred commercial loans to these Agencies and GSEs, which resulted in pre-tax net gains of $9 million and $11 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash, with servicing rights retained. The Company has made certain representations and warranties with respect to the transfer of these loans and has entered into a loss share guarantee related to certain loans transferred to Fannie Mae. See Note 14, “Guarantees,” for additional information regarding the commercial mortgage loan loss share guarantee.


33
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The Company's total managed loans, including the LHFI portfolio and other transferred loans (securitized and unsecuritized), are presented in the following table by portfolio balance and delinquency status (accruing loans 90 days or more past due and all nonaccrual loans) at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, as well as the related net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.
 
Portfolio Balance
 
Past Due and Nonaccrual
 
Net Charge-offs
 
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
Three Months Ended March 31
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
2018
 
2017
 
LHFI portfolio:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

$75,324

 

$75,477

 

$271

 

$247

 

$17

 

$50

 
Consumer
67,294

 
67,704

 
1,789

 
1,832

 
62

 
62

 
Total LHFI portfolio
142,618

 
143,181

 
2,060

 
2,079

 
79

 
112

 
Managed securitized loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial 1
5,798

 
5,760

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
Consumer
133,489

 
134,160

 
308

 
171

 
2

2 
3

2 
Total managed securitized loans
139,287

 
139,920

 
308

 
171

 
2

 
3

 
Managed unsecuritized loans 3
2,089

 
2,200

 
340

 
340

 
—

 
—

 
Total managed loans

$283,994

 

$285,301

 

$2,708

 

$2,590

 

$81

 

$115

 
1 Comprised of commercial mortgages sold through Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae securitizations, whereby servicing has been retained by the Company.
2 Amounts associated with $541 million and $602 million of managed securitized loans at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Net charge-off data is not reported to the Company for the remaining balance of $132.9 billion and $133.6 billion of managed securitized loans at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
3 Comprised of unsecuritized loans the Company originated and sold to private investors with servicing rights retained. Net charge-offs on these loans are not presented in the table as the data is not reported to the Company by the private investors that own these related loans.

Other Variable Interest Entities
In addition to exposure to VIEs arising from transfers of financial assets, the Company also has involvement with VIEs from other business activities.
Total Return Swaps
At both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the outstanding notional amounts of the Company's VIE-facing TRS contracts totaled $1.7 billion and related senior financing outstanding to VIEs totaled $1.7 billion. These financings were measured at fair value and classified within Trading assets and derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company entered into client-facing TRS contracts of the same outstanding notional amounts. The notional amounts of the TRS contracts with VIEs represent the Company’s maximum exposure to loss, although this exposure has been mitigated via the TRS contracts with third party clients. For additional information on the Company’s TRS contracts and its involvement with these VIEs, see Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” as well as Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Community Development Investments
As part of its community reinvestment initiatives, the Company invests in multi-family affordable housing developments and other community development entities as a limited partner and/or a debt provider. These investments are recorded in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company receives tax credits for its limited partner investments, which are recorded in the Provision for income taxes in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company has determined that the majority of the related partnerships are VIEs.
The Company has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of affordable housing partnerships when it invests
 
as a limited partner and there is a third party general partner. The investments are accounted for in accordance with the accounting guidance for investments in affordable housing projects. The general partner, or an affiliate of the general partner, often provides guarantees to the limited partner, which protects the Company from construction and operating losses and tax credit allocation deficits. Assets of $2.3 billion in these and other community development partnerships were not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The Company's limited partner interests had a carrying value of $1.1 billion at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these investments totaled $1.4 billion at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss would result from the loss of its limited partner investments, net of liabilities, along with $344 million and $350 million of loans or interest-rate swap fair value exposures issued by the Company to the entities at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The remaining exposure to loss is primarily attributable to unfunded equity commitments that the Company is required to fund if certain conditions are met.
The Company also owns noncontrolling interests in funds whose purpose is to invest in community developments. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company's investment in these funds totaled $317 million and $278 million, respectively. The Company's maximum exposure to loss on its investment in these funds is comprised of its equity investments in the funds, loans issued, and any additional unfunded equity commitments, which totaled $665 million and $643 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized $30 million and $25 million of tax credits for qualified affordable housing projects, and $32 million

34
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



and $24 million of amortization on these qualified affordable housing projects, respectively. This amortization, net of the related tax benefits, is recorded in the provision for income taxes.
Certain of the Company's community development investments do not qualify as affordable housing projects for accounting purposes. The Company recognized tax credits for
 
these investments of $18 million and $17 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Amortization recognized on these investments totaled $14 million and $12 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, recorded in Amortization in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.



NOTE 11 – NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
Equivalent shares of less than 1 million related to common stock options and common stock warrants outstanding at March 31, 2017 were excluded from the computations of diluted net income per average common share because they would have been anti-dilutive.
 
Reconciliations of net income to net income available to common shareholders and the difference between average basic common shares outstanding and average diluted common shares outstanding are presented in the following table.
 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)
2018
 
2017
Net income

$643

 

$468

Less:
 
 
 
Preferred stock dividends
(31
)
 
(17
)
Net income available to common shareholders

$612

 

$451

 
 
 
 
Average common shares outstanding - basic
468.7

 
490.1

Add dilutive securities:
 
 
 
RSUs
2.8

 
3.2

Common stock warrants and restricted stock
1.4

 
1.8

Stock options
0.7

 
0.9

Average common shares outstanding - diluted
473.6

 
496.0

 
 
 
 
Net income per average common share - diluted

$1.29

 

$0.91

Net income per average common share - basic
1.31

 
0.92


NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES
For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the provision for income taxes was $147 million and $159 million, representing effective tax rates of 19% and 25%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was favorably impacted by a net $4 million discrete income tax benefit, while the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017 was favorably impacted by a net $22 million discrete income tax benefit related primarily to share-based compensation.
The net discrete income tax benefit for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was driven by a $20 million tax benefit for share-based compensation and a $19 million tax benefit for an adjustment to the Company's December 31, 2017 remeasurement of its estimated DTAs and DTLs at the reduced federal corporate income tax rate of 21%. These income tax benefits were offset largely by a $35 million discrete tax expense related to an increase in the valuation allowance recorded for STM's state carryforwards. Any additional adjustment to the Company's December 31, 2017 remeasurement of its estimated DTAs and DTLs would be recorded as an adjustment to the
 
provision for income taxes in 2018 in the period the adjustment amount is determined.
At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had a valuation allowance recorded against its state carryforwards and certain state DTAs of $179 million and $143 million, respectively. This increase in the valuation allowance was due primarily to the impact of the pending merger of STM and the Bank on the future realization of STM's state NOL carryforwards. See Note 18, “Business Segment Reporting,” for additional information regarding the pending merger of STM and the Bank.
The provision for income taxes includes both federal and state income taxes and differs from the provision using statutory rates due primarily to favorable permanent tax items such as interest income from lending to tax-exempt entities, tax credits from community reinvestment activities, and amortization expense related to qualified affordable housing investment costs. The Company calculated the provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 by applying the estimated annual effective tax rate to year-to-date pre-tax income and adjusting for discrete items that occurred during the period.

35
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company sponsors various compensation and benefit programs to attract and retain talent. Aligned with a pay for performance culture, the Company's plans and programs include short-term incentives, AIP, and various LTI plans. See Note 15,
 
"Employee Benefit Plans," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's employee benefit plans.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in Employee compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Income consisted of the following:
 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
2017
RSUs

$39

 

$34

Phantom stock units 1
17

 
24

Total stock-based compensation expense

$56

 

$58

 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation tax benefit 2

$13

 

$22

1 Phantom stock units are settled in cash. The Company paid $75 million and $76 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, related to these share-based liabilities.
2 Does not include excess tax benefits or deficiencies recognized in the Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.


Components of net periodic benefit related to the Company's pension and other postretirement benefits plans are presented in the following table and are recognized in Employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income:
 
Three Months Ended March 31
 
Pension Benefits 1
 
Other Postretirement Benefits
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Service cost

$1

 

$1

 

$—

 

$—

Interest cost
23

 
24

 
—

 
—

Expected return on plan assets
(47
)
 
(48
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Amortization of prior service credit
—

 
—

 
(2
)
 
(1
)
Amortization of actuarial loss
6

 
6

 
—

 
—

Net periodic benefit

($17
)
 

($17
)
 

($3
)
 

($2
)
1 Administrative fees are recognized in service cost for each of the periods presented.


In the second quarter of 2017, the Company amended its NCF Retirement Plan in accordance with its decision to terminate the pension plan effective as of July 31, 2017. The NCF pension plan termination is expected to be completed by the end of 2018 and
 
the Company is in process of evaluating the impact of the termination and expected future settlement accounting on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.


36
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 14 – GUARANTEES
The Company has undertaken certain guarantee obligations in the ordinary course of business. The issuance of a guarantee imposes an obligation for the Company to stand ready to perform and make future payments should certain triggering events occur. Payments may be in the form of cash, financial instruments, other assets, shares of stock, or through provision of the Company’s services. The following is a discussion of the guarantees that the Company has issued at March 31, 2018. The Company has also entered into certain contracts that are similar to guarantees, but that are accounted for as derivative instruments as discussed in Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”

Letters of Credit
Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company, generally to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party in borrowing arrangements, such as CP, bond financing, or similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients but may be reduced by selling participations to third parties. The Company issues letters of credit that are classified as financial standby, performance standby, or commercial letters of credit; however, commercial letters of credit are considered guarantees of funding and are not subject to the disclosure requirements of guarantee obligations.
At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the maximum potential exposure to loss related to the Company's issued letters of credit was $2.5 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. The Company’s outstanding letters of credit generally have a term of more than one year. Some standby letters of credit are designed to be drawn upon in the normal course of business and others are drawn upon only in circumstances of dispute or default in the underlying transaction to which the Company is not a party. In all cases, the Company is entitled to reimbursement from the client. If a letter of credit is drawn upon and reimbursement is not provided by the client, the Company may take possession of the collateral securing the letter of credit, where applicable.
The Company monitors its credit exposure under standby letters of credit in the same manner as it monitors other extensions of credit in accordance with its credit policies. Consistent with the methodologies used for all commercial borrowers, an internal assessment of the PD and loss severity in the event of default is performed. The management of credit risk for letters of credit leverages the risk rating process to focus greater visibility on higher risk and higher dollar letters of credit. The allowance associated with letters of credit is a component of the unfunded commitments reserve recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is included in the allowance for credit losses as disclosed in Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses.” Additionally, unearned fees relating to letters of credit are recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The net carrying amount of unearned fees was immaterial at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

Loan Sales and Servicing
STM, a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, originates and purchases residential mortgage loans, a portion of which are sold to outside investors in the normal course of business through a combination of whole loan sales to GSEs, Ginnie Mae, and non-
 
agency investors. The Company also originates and sells certain commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, originates FHA insured loans, and issues and sells Ginnie Mae commercial MBS secured by FHA insured loans.
When loans are sold, representations and warranties regarding certain attributes of the loans are made to third party purchasers. Subsequent to the sale, if a material underwriting deficiency or documentation defect is discovered, the Company may be obligated to repurchase the loan or to reimburse an investor for losses incurred (make whole requests), if such deficiency or defect cannot be cured by the Company within the specified period following discovery. These representations and warranties may extend through the life of the loan. In addition to representations and warranties related to loan sales, the Company makes representations and warranties that it will service the loans in accordance with investor servicing guidelines and standards, which may include (i) collection and remittance of principal and interest, (ii) administration of escrow for taxes and insurance, (iii) advancing principal, interest, taxes, insurance, and collection expenses on delinquent accounts, and (iv) loss mitigation strategies, including loan modifications and foreclosures.
The Company’s reserve for residential mortgage loan repurchases was $39 million and $40 million at March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and there were no changes in the Company’s reserve for residential mortgage loan repurchases during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. A significant degree of judgment is used to estimate the mortgage repurchase liability as the estimation process is inherently uncertain and subject to imprecision. The Company believes that its reserve appropriately estimates incurred losses based on its current analysis and assumptions. While the mortgage repurchase reserve includes the estimated cost of settling claims related to required repurchases, the Company's estimate of losses depends on its assumptions regarding GSE and other counterparty behavior, loan performance, home prices, and other factors. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the related repurchase provision/(benefit) is recognized in Mortgage production related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 17, "Contingencies," for additional information on current legal matters related to loan sales.
The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Company's outstanding repurchased residential mortgage loans:
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Outstanding repurchased residential mortgage loans:
Performing LHFI

$197

 

$203

Nonperforming LHFI
18

 
16

Total carrying value of outstanding repurchased residential mortgages

$215

 

$219


Residential mortgage loans sold to Ginnie Mae are insured by the FHA or are guaranteed by the VA. As servicer, the Company may elect to repurchase delinquent loans in accordance with Ginnie Mae guidelines; however, the loans continue to be insured. The Company may also indemnify the FHA and VA for

37
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



losses related to loans not originated in accordance with their guidelines.
Commercial Mortgage Loan Loss Share Guarantee
In connection with the acquisition of Pillar, the Company assumed a loss share obligation associated with the terms of a master loss sharing agreement with Fannie Mae for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that were sold by Pillar to Fannie Mae under Fannie Mae’s delegated underwriting and servicing program. Upon the acquisition of Pillar, the Company entered into a lender contract amendment with Fannie Mae for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that Pillar sold to Fannie Mae prior to acquisition and that the Company sold to Fannie Mae subsequent to acquisition, whereby the Company bears a risk of loss of up to one-third of the incurred losses resulting from borrower defaults. The breach of any representation or warranty related to a loan sold to Fannie Mae could increase the Company's level of risk-sharing associated with the loan. The outstanding UPB of loans sold subject to the loss share guarantee was $3.3 billion and $3.4 billion at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The maximum potential exposure to loss was $940 million and $962 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Using probability of default and severity of loss estimates, the Company's loss share liability was $11 million at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Visa
The Company executes credit and debit transactions through Visa and MasterCard. The Company is a defendant, along with Visa and MasterCard (the “Card Associations”), as well as several other banks, in one of several antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of the Card Associations (the “Litigation”). The Company entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks in order to apportion financial responsibilities arising from any potential adverse judgment or negotiated settlements related to the Litigation. Additionally, in connection with Visa's restructuring in 2007, shares of Visa common stock were issued to its financial institution members and the Company received its proportionate number of shares of Visa Inc. common stock, which were subsequently converted to Class B shares of Visa Inc. upon completion of Visa’s IPO in 2008. A provision of the original Visa By-Laws, which was restated in Visa's certificate of incorporation, contains a general indemnification provision between a Visa member and Visa that explicitly provides that each member's indemnification obligation is limited to losses
 
arising from its own conduct and the specifically defined Litigation. While the district court approved a class action settlement of the Litigation in 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court's approval of the settlement on June 30, 2016. The U.S. Supreme Court denied plaintiffs' petition for certiorari on March 27, 2017, and the case returned to the district court for further action.
Agreements associated with Visa's IPO have provisions that Visa will fund a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Litigation. If the escrow account is insufficient to cover the Litigation losses, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares (“loss shares”). The proceeds from the sale of the loss shares would then be deposited in the escrow account. The issuance of the loss shares will cause a dilution of Visa's Class B shares as a result of an adjustment to lower the conversion factor of the Class B shares to Class A shares. Visa U.S.A.'s members are responsible for any portion of the settlement or loss on the Litigation after the escrow account is depleted and the value of the Class B shares is fully diluted.
In May 2009, the Company sold its 3.2 million Class B shares to the Visa Counterparty and entered into a derivative with the Visa Counterparty. Under the derivative, the Visa Counterparty is compensated by the Company for any decline in the conversion factor as a result of the outcome of the Litigation. Conversely, the Company is compensated by the Visa Counterparty for any increase in the conversion factor. The amount of payments made or received under the derivative is a function of the 3.2 million shares sold to the Visa Counterparty, the change in conversion rate, and Visa’s share price. The Visa Counterparty, as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares, is impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion factor of the Class B shares caused by the Litigation losses. Additionally, the Company will make periodic payments based on the notional of the derivative and a fixed rate until the date on which the Litigation is settled. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on unobservable inputs consisting of management's estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios and the timing of the resolution of the Litigation due in large part to the aforementioned decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The fair value of the derivative liability was $15 million at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on the Company's expectations regarding the resolution of the Litigation. The ultimate impact to the Company could be significantly different based on the Litigation outcome.


38
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 15 - DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company enters into various derivative financial instruments, both in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions and as an end user as a risk management tool. The Company generally manages the risk associated with these derivatives within the established MRM and credit risk management frameworks. Derivatives may be used by the Company to hedge various economic or client-related exposures. In such instances, derivative positions are typically monitored using a VAR methodology, with exposures reviewed daily. Derivatives are also used as a risk management tool to hedge the Company’s balance sheet exposure to changes in identified cash flow and fair value risks, either economically or in accordance with hedge accounting provisions. The Company’s Corporate Treasury function is responsible for employing the various hedge strategies to manage these objectives. The Company enters into IRLCs on residential and commercial mortgage loans that are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. Additionally, certain contracts containing embedded derivatives are measured, in their entirety, at fair value. All derivatives, including both freestanding as well as any embedded derivatives that the Company bifurcates from the host contracts, are measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Trading assets and derivative instruments and Trading liabilities and derivative instruments. The associated gains and losses are either recognized in AOCI, net of tax, or within the Consolidated Statements of Income, depending upon the use and designation of the derivatives.

Credit and Market Risk Associated with Derivative Instruments
Derivatives expose the Company to risk that the counterparty to the derivative contract does not perform as expected. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives by entering into transactions with counterparties with defined exposure limits based on their credit quality and in accordance with established policies and procedures. All counterparties are reviewed regularly as part of the Company’s credit risk management practices and appropriate action is taken to adjust the exposure limits to certain counterparties as necessary. The Company’s derivative transactions are generally governed by ISDA agreements or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements. In certain cases and depending on the nature of the underlying derivative transactions, bilateral collateral agreements are also utilized. Furthermore, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to OTC derivative clearing requirements, which require certain derivatives to be cleared through central clearing houses, such as LCH and the CME. These clearing houses require the Company to post initial and variation margin to mitigate the risk of non-payment, the latter of which is received or paid daily based on the net asset or liability position of the contracts. Effective January 3, 2017, the CME amended its rulebook to legally characterize variation margin cash payments for cleared OTC derivatives as settlement rather than as collateral. Consistent with the CME's amended requirements, LCH amended its rulebook effective January 16, 2018, to legally characterize variation margin cash payments for cleared OTC derivatives as settlement rather than as collateral. As a result, in the first quarter of 2018, the Company began reducing the corresponding derivative asset and liability balances for LCH-
 
cleared OTC derivatives to reflect the settlement of those positions via the exchange of variation margin.
When the Company has more than one outstanding derivative transaction with a single counterparty, and there exists a legal right of offset with that counterparty, the Company considers its exposure to the counterparty to be the net fair value of its derivative positions with that counterparty. If the net fair value is positive, then the corresponding asset value also reflects cash collateral held. At March 31, 2018, the economic exposure of these net derivative asset positions was $510 million, reflecting $936 million of net derivative gains, adjusted for cash and other collateral of $426 million that the Company held in relation to these positions. At December 31, 2017, the economic exposure of net derivative asset positions was $541 million, reflecting $940 million of net derivative gains, adjusted for cash and other collateral held of $399 million.
Derivatives also expose the Company to market risk arising from the adverse effects that changes in market factors, such as interest rates, currency rates, equity prices, commodity prices, or implied volatility, may have on the value of the Company's derivatives. The Company manages this risk by establishing and monitoring limits on the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken. The Company measures its market risk exposure using a VAR methodology for derivatives designated as trading instruments. Other tools and risk measures are also used to actively manage risk associated with derivatives including scenario analysis and stress testing.
Derivative instruments are priced using observable market inputs at a mid-market valuation point and take into consideration appropriate valuation adjustments for collateral, market liquidity, and counterparty credit risk. For purposes of determining fair value adjustments to its OTC derivative positions, the Company takes into consideration the credit profile and likelihood of default by counterparties and itself, as well as its net exposure, which considers legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral along with remaining maturities. The expected loss of each counterparty is estimated using market-based views of counterparty default probabilities observed in the single-name CDS market, when available and of sufficient liquidity. When single-name CDS market data is not available or not of sufficient liquidity, the probability of default is estimated using a combination of the Company's internal risk rating system and sector/rating based CDS data.
For purposes of estimating the Company’s own credit risk on derivative liability positions, the DVA, the Company uses probabilities of default from observable, sector/rating based CDS data. The Company adjusted the net fair value of its derivative contracts for estimates of both counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk by approximately $3 million and $5 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. For additional information on the Company's fair value measurements, see Note 16, "Fair Value Election and Measurement."
Currently, the majority of the Company’s derivatives contain contingencies that relate to the creditworthiness of the Bank. These contingencies, which are contained in industry standard master netting agreements, may be considered events of default. Should the Bank be in default under any of these

39
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



provisions, the Bank’s counterparties would be permitted to close out transactions with the Bank on a net basis, at amounts that would approximate the fair values of the derivatives, resulting in a single sum due by one party to the other. The counterparties would have the right to apply any collateral posted by the Bank against any net amount owed by the Bank. Additionally, certain of the Company’s derivative liability positions, totaling $934 million and $1.1 billion in fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, contain provisions conditioned on downgrades of the Bank’s credit rating. These provisions, if triggered, would either give rise to an ATE that permits the counterparties to close-out net and apply collateral or, where a CSA is present, require the Bank to post additional collateral.
At March 31, 2018, the Bank held senior long-term debt credit ratings of Baal/A-/A- from Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch, respectively. At March 31, 2018, ATEs have been triggered for less than $1 million in fair value liabilities. The maximum additional liability that could be triggered from ATEs was approximately $17 million at March 31, 2018. At March 31, 2018, $922 million in fair value of derivative liabilities were subject to CSAs, against which the Bank has posted $910 million in collateral, primarily in the form of cash. If requested by the counterparty pursuant to the terms of the CSA, the Bank would be required to post additional collateral of approximately $1 million against these contracts if the Bank were downgraded to Baa2/BBB+. Further downgrades to Baa3/BBB would require the Bank to post an additional $4 million of collateral. Any further downgrades below Ba1/BBB- do not contain predetermined collateral posting levels.
 
Notional and Fair Value of Derivative Positions
The following tables present the Company’s derivative positions at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The notional amounts in the tables are presented on a gross basis and have been classified within derivative assets or derivative liabilities based on the estimated fair value of the individual contract at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. Gross positive and gross negative fair value amounts associated with respective notional amounts are presented without consideration of any netting agreements, including collateral arrangements. Net fair value derivative amounts are adjusted on an aggregate basis, where applicable, to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements, including any cash collateral received or paid, and are recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments or Trading liabilities and derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For contracts constituting a combination of options that contain a written option and a purchased option (such as a collar), the notional amount of each option is presented separately, with the purchased notional amount generally being presented as a derivative asset and the written notional amount being presented as a derivative liability. For other contracts that contain a combination of options, the fair value is generally presented as a single value with the purchased notional amount if the combined fair value is positive, and with the written notional amount if the combined fair value is negative.

40
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued




 
March 31, 2018
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in millions)
Notional
 Amounts 1
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional
 Amounts 1
 
Fair
Value
Derivative instruments designated in cash flow hedging relationships 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging floating rate LHFI

$9,250

 

$2

 

$2,850

 

$—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments designated in fair value hedging relationships 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging fixed rate debt
4,250

 
1

 
2,605

 
—

Interest rate contracts hedging brokered time deposits
30

 
—

 
30

 
—

Subtotal
4,280

 
1

 
2,635

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments 4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential MSRs 5
15,504

 
30

 
19,420

 
11

LHFS, IRLCs 6
3,413

 
13

 
3,111

 
10

LHFI
—

 
—

 
175

 
—

Trading activity 7
74,322

 
708

 
52,545

 
870

Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity
4,054

 
133

 
3,676

 
121

Credit contracts hedging:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LHFI
—

 
—

 
585

 
9

Trading activity 8
1,661

 
22

 
1,673

 
19

Equity contracts hedging trading activity 7
15,050

 
2,070

 
21,964

 
2,372

Other contracts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IRLCs and other 9
1,624

 
18

 
382

 
18

Commodity derivatives
755

 
77

 
748

 
75

Subtotal
116,383

 
3,071

 
104,279

 
3,505

Total derivative instruments

$129,913

 

$3,074

 

$109,764

 

$3,505

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross derivative instruments, before netting
 
 

$3,074

 
 
 

$3,505

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements
 
 
(2,009
)
 
 
 
(2,009
)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid
 
 
(408
)
 
 
 
(916
)
Total derivative instruments, after netting
 
 

$657

 
 
 

$580

1 For centrally-cleared derivatives, notional amounts are presented based on the fair value of the related derivative asset or derivative liability after applying variation margin.
2 See “Cash Flow Hedges” in this Note for further discussion.
3 See “Fair Value Hedges” in this Note for further discussion.
4 See “Economic Hedging and Trading Activities” in this Note for further discussion.
5 Amount includes $2.0 billion of notional amounts related to interest rate futures. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table.
6 Amount includes $330 million of notional amounts related to interest rate futures. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table.
7 Amounts include $9.7 billion of notional amounts related to interest rate futures and $1.3 billion of notional amounts related to equity futures. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table. Amounts also include notional amounts related to interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate debt.
8 Asset and liability amounts include $5 million and $17 million, respectively, of notional amounts from purchased and written credit risk participation agreements, whose notional is calculated as the notional of the derivative participated adjusted by the relevant RWA conversion factor.
9 Includes $49 million notional amount that is based on the 3.2 million of Visa Class B shares, the conversion ratio from Class B shares to Class A shares, and the Class A share price at the derivative inception date of May 28, 2009. This derivative was established upon the sale of Class B shares in the second quarter of 2009. See Note 14, “Guarantees” for additional information.


41
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued




 
December 31, 2017
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in millions)
Notional
Amounts
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional
Amounts
 
Fair
Value
Derivative instruments designated in cash flow hedging relationships 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging floating rate LHFI

$5,850

 

$2

 

$8,350

 

$252

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments designated in fair value hedging relationships 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging fixed rate debt
1,250

 
1

 
4,670

 
58

Interest rate contracts hedging brokered time deposits
30

 
—

 
30

 
—

Subtotal
1,280

 
1

 
4,700

 
58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential MSRs 4
31,895

 
119

 
10,126

 
119

LHFS, IRLCs 5
4,550

 
9

 
3,040

 
6

LHFI
90

 
2

 
85

 
2

Trading activity 6
78,223

 
1,066

 
48,143

 
946

Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity
3,409

 
110

 
3,649

 
102

Credit contracts hedging:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LHFI
—

 
—

 
515

 
11

Trading activity 7
1,721

 
15

 
1,733

 
12

Equity contracts hedging trading activity 6
13,837

 
2,499

 
25,070

 
2,857

Other contracts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IRLCs and other 8
1,671

 
18

 
346

 
16

Commodity derivatives
712

 
63

 
710

 
61

Subtotal
136,108

 
3,901

 
93,417

 
4,132

Total derivative instruments

$143,238

 

$3,904

 

$106,467

 

$4,442

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross derivative instruments, before netting
 
 

$3,904

 
 
 

$4,442

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements
 
 
(2,731
)
 
 
 
(2,731
)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid
 
 
(371
)
 
 
 
(1,303
)
Total derivative instruments, after netting
 
 

$802

 
 
 

$408

1 See “Cash Flow Hedges” in this Note for further discussion.
2 See “Fair Value Hedges” in this Note for further discussion.
3 See “Economic Hedging and Trading Activities” in this Note for further discussion.
4 Amount includes $16.6 billion of notional amounts related to interest rate futures. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table.
5 Amount includes $190 million of notional amounts related to interest rate futures. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table.
6 Amounts include $9.8 billion of notional amounts related to interest rate futures and $1.2 billion of notional amounts related to equity futures. These futures contracts settle in cash daily, one day in arrears. The derivative asset or liability associated with the one day lag is included in the fair value column of this table. Amounts also include notional amounts related to interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate debt.
7 Asset and liability amounts include $4 million and $11 million, respectively, of notional amounts from purchased and written credit risk participation agreements, whose notional is calculated as the notional of the derivative participated adjusted by the relevant RWA conversion factor.
8 Includes $49 million notional amount that is based on the 3.2 million of Visa Class B shares, the conversion ratio from Class B shares to Class A shares, and the Class A share price at the derivative inception date of May 28, 2009. This derivative was established upon the sale of Class B shares in the second quarter of 2009. See Note 14, “Guarantees” for additional information.


42
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Netting of Derivative Instruments
The Company has various financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. The Company's securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements, are discussed in Note 3, "Federal Funds Sold and Securities Financing Activities." The Company enters into ISDA or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements with derivative counterparties. Under the terms of the master netting agreements, all transactions between the Company and the counterparty constitute a single business relationship such that in the event of default, the nondefaulting party is entitled to set off claims and apply property held by that party in respect of any transaction against obligations owed. Any payments, deliveries, or other transfers may be applied against each other and netted.
 
The following tables present total gross derivative instrument assets and liabilities at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, which are adjusted to reflect the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and cash collateral received or paid when calculating the net amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Also included in the tables are financial instrument collateral related to legally enforceable master netting agreements that represents securities collateral received or pledged and customer cash collateral held at third party custodians. These amounts are not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but are shown as a reduction to total derivative instrument assets and liabilities to derive net derivative assets and liabilities. These amounts are limited to the derivative asset/liability balance, and accordingly, do not include excess collateral received/pledged.
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
Amount
 
Amount
Offset
 
Net Amount
Presented in
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
 
Held/Pledged
Financial
Instruments
 
Net
Amount
March 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instrument assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

$2,805

 

$2,279

 

$526

 

$18

 

$508

Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement
17

 
—

 
17

 
—

 
17

Exchange traded derivatives
252

 
138

 
114

 
—

 
114

Total derivative instrument assets

$3,074

 

$2,417

 

$657

1 

$18

 

$639

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instrument liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

$3,253

 

$2,787

 

$466

 

$34

 

$432

Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement
114

 
—

 
114

 
—

 
114

Exchange traded derivatives
138

 
138

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total derivative instrument liabilities

$3,505

 

$2,925

 

$580

2 

$34

 

$546

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instrument assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

$3,491

 

$2,923

 

$568

 

$28

 

$540

Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement
18

 
—

 
18

 
—

 
18

Exchange traded derivatives
395

 
179

 
216

 
—

 
216

Total derivative instrument assets

$3,904

 

$3,102

 

$802

1 

$28

 

$774

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instrument liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement

$4,128

 

$3,855

 

$273

 

$27

 

$246

Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement
130

 
—

 
130

 
—

 
130

Exchange traded derivatives
184

 
179

 
5

 
—

 
5

Total derivative instrument liabilities

$4,442

 

$4,034

 

$408

2 

$27

 

$381

1 At March 31, 2018, $657 million, net of $408 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2017, $802 million, net of $371 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
2 At March 31, 2018, $580 million, net of $916 million offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading liabilities and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2017, $408 million, net of $1.3 billion offsetting cash collateral, is recognized in Trading liabilities and derivative instruments within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

43
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedging Instruments
Fair Value Hedging
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements as part of its risk management objectives for hedging exposure to changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates. These hedging arrangements convert certain fixed rate long-term debt and CDs to floating rates. Consistent with this objective, the Company reflects the accrued contractual interest on the hedged item and the related swaps as part of current period interest expense. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded in the Company’s assessment of hedge effectiveness related to the fair value hedges.
Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company early adopted ASU 2017-12 and modified its measurement methodology for certain hedged items designated under fair value hedge relationships. The Company elected to perform its subsequent assessments of hedge effectiveness using a qualitative, rather than a quantitative, approach. The adoption resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings and a basis adjustment to the related hedged items. For additional information on the Company's adoption of ASU 2017-12 and related policy updates, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies.”
    
Cash Flow Hedging
The Company utilizes a comprehensive risk management strategy to monitor sensitivity of earnings to movements in interest rates. Specific types of funding and principal amounts hedged are determined based on prevailing market conditions
 
and the shape of the yield curve. In conjunction with this strategy, the Company may employ various interest rate derivatives as risk management tools to hedge interest rate risk from recognized assets and liabilities or from forecasted transactions. The terms and notional amounts of derivatives are determined based on management’s assessment of future interest rates, as well as other factors.
The Company enters into interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedging instruments to hedge its exposure to benchmark interest rate risk associated with floating rate loans. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the amount of pre-tax loss recognized in OCI on derivative instruments was $165 million. At both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the maturities for hedges of floating rate loans ranged from less than one year to five years, with the weighted average being 3.6 years. These hedges have been highly effective in offsetting the designated risks. At March 31, 2018, $75 million of deferred net pre-tax losses on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on floating rate loans recognized in AOCI are expected to be reclassified into net interest income during the next twelve months. The amount to be reclassified into income incorporates the impact from both active and terminated cash flow hedges, including the net interest income earned on the active hedges, assuming no changes in LIBOR. The Company may choose to terminate or de-designate a hedging relationship due to a change in the risk management objective for that specific hedge item, which may arise in conjunction with an overall balance sheet management strategy.


Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2017-12, the following table presents gains and losses on derivatives in fair value and cash flow hedging relationships by contract type and by income statement line item for the three months ended March 31, 2018. For the three months ended March 31, 2017 the table presented below remains unchanged. The tables do not disclose the financial impact of the activities that these derivative instruments are intended to hedge.

 
Net Interest Income
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Interest and fees on LHFI
 
Interest on Long-term Debt
 
Interest on Deposits
 
Total
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income/(expense), including the effects of fair value and cash flow hedges

$1,398

 

($74
)
 

($131
)
 

$1,193

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain/(loss) on fair value hedging relationships:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives

$—

 

$3

 

$—

 

$3

Recognized on derivatives
—

 
(72
)
 
—

 
(72
)
Recognized on hedged items
—

 
69

1 
—

 
69

Net income/(expense) recognized on fair value hedges

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount of pre-tax loss reclassified from AOCI into income

($5
)
2 

$—

 

$—



($5
)
Net expense recognized on cash flow hedges

($5
)
 

$—

 

$—

 

($5
)
1 Includes $2 million of amortization expense from de-designated fair value hedging relationships.
2 During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company also reclassified $4 million of pre-tax gains from AOCI into Net interest income relating to hedging relationships that have been terminated and are reclassified into earnings consistent with the pattern of net cash flows expected to be recognized.


44
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
Amount of Loss on Derivatives
Recognized in Income
 
Amount of Gain
on Related Hedged Items
Recognized in Income
 
Amount of Gain
Recognized in Income
on Hedges
(Ineffective Portion)
Derivative instruments in fair value hedging relationships:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging fixed rate debt 1

($11
)
 

$13

 

$2

Interest rate contracts hedging brokered time deposits 1
—

 
—

 
—

Total

($11
)
 

$13

 

$2

1 Amounts are recognized in Trading income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
Amount of Pre-tax Loss Recognized in OCI on Derivatives
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount of Pre-tax Gain
Reclassified from AOCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Classification of Pre-tax Gain Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)
Derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging floating rate LHFI 1

($25
)
 

$23

 
Interest and fees on loans held for investment
1 During the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company also reclassified $18 million of pre-tax gains from AOCI into Net interest income relating to hedging relationships that have been terminated and are reclassified into earnings consistent with the pattern of net cash flows expected to be recognized.



Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2017-12, the following table presents the carrying amount of hedged liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in fair value hedging relationships and the associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of hedge accounting:
 
 
 
Cumulative Amount of Fair Value Hedging Adjustment Included in the Carrying Amount of Hedged Liabilities
(Dollars in millions)
Carrying Amount of Hedged Liabilities
 
Hedged Items Currently Designated
 
Hedged Items No Longer Designated
March 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt

$5,658

 

($148
)
 

($41
)
Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered time deposits
29

 
—

 
—




Economic Hedging Instruments and Trading Activities
In addition to designated hedge accounting relationships, the Company also enters into derivatives as an end user to economically hedge risks associated with certain non-derivative and derivative instruments, along with entering into derivatives in a trading capacity with its clients.
The primary risks that the Company economically hedges are interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and credit risk. The Company mitigates these risks by entering into offsetting derivatives either on an individual basis or collectively on a macro basis.
The Company utilizes interest rate derivatives as economic hedges related to:
•
Residential MSRs. The Company hedges these instruments with a combination of interest rate derivatives, including forward and option contracts, futures, and forward rate agreements.
•
Residential mortgage IRLCs and LHFS. The Company hedges these instruments using forward and option contracts, futures, and forward rate agreements.
 
The Company is exposed to volatility and changes in foreign exchange rates associated with certain commercial loans. To hedge against this foreign exchange rate risk, the Company enters into foreign exchange rate contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.
The Company enters into CDS to hedge credit risk associated with certain loans held within its Wholesale segment. The Company accounts for these contracts as derivatives, and accordingly, recognizes these contracts at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Trading activity primarily includes interest rate swaps, equity derivatives, CDS, futures, options, foreign exchange rate contracts, and commodity derivatives. These derivatives are entered into in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions, or are utilized as a risk management tool by the Company as an end user (predominantly in certain macro-hedging strategies).


45
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The impacts of derivative instruments used for economic hedging or trading purposes on the Consolidated Statements of Income are presented in the following table:
 
Classification of (Loss)/Gain Recognized in Income on Derivatives
 
Amount of (Loss)/Gain Recognized in Income on Derivatives During the Three Months Ended
(Dollars in millions)
 
March 31, 2018
 
March 31, 2017
Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts hedging:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential MSRs
Mortgage servicing related income
 

($93
)
 

($18
)
LHFS, IRLCs
Mortgage production related income
 
46

 
(15
)
LHFI
Other noninterest income
 
2

 
—

Trading activity
Trading income
 
9

 
11

Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity
Trading income
 
(2
)
 
(6
)
Credit contracts hedging:
 
 
 
 
 
LHFI
Other noninterest income
 
1

 
(1
)
Trading activity
Trading income
 
6

 
5

Equity contracts hedging trading activity
Trading income
 
1

 
—

Other contracts:
 
 
 
 
 
IRLCs and other
Mortgage production related income,
Commercial real estate related income
 
(6
)
 
48

Commodity derivatives
Trading income
 
—

 
1

Total
 
 

($36
)
 

$25


Credit Derivative Instruments
As part of the Company's trading businesses, the Company enters into contracts that are, in form or substance, written guarantees; specifically, CDS, risk participations, and TRS. The Company accounts for these contracts as derivatives, and accordingly, records these contracts at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Trading income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
At March 31, 2018, there were no purchased CDS contracts designated as trading instruments. At December 31, 2017, the gross notional amount of purchased CDS contracts designated as trading instruments was $5 million. The fair value of purchased CDS was immaterial at December 31, 2017.
The Company has also entered into TRS contracts on loans. The Company’s TRS business consists of matched trades, such that when the Company pays depreciation on one TRS, it receives the same amount on the matched TRS. To mitigate its credit risk, the Company typically receives initial cash collateral from the counterparty upon entering into the TRS and is entitled to additional collateral if the fair value of the underlying reference assets deteriorates. At both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the outstanding notional balance of TRS totaled $1.7 billion. The fair values of these TRS assets and liabilities at March 31, 2018 were $22 million and $19 million, respectively, and related cash collateral held at March 31, 2018 was $372 million. The fair values of the TRS assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 were $15 million and $13 million, respectively, and related cash collateral held at December 31, 2017 was $368 million. For additional information on the Company's TRS contracts, see Note 10, "Certain Transfers of
 
Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," as well as Note 16, "Fair Value Election and Measurement."
The Company writes risk participations, which are credit derivatives, whereby the Company has guaranteed payment to a dealer counterparty in the event the counterparty experiences a loss on a derivative, such as an interest rate swap, due to a failure to pay by the counterparty’s customer (the “obligor”) on that derivative. The Company manages its payment risk on its risk participations by monitoring the creditworthiness of the obligors, which are all corporations or partnerships, through the normal credit review process that the Company would have performed had it entered into a derivative directly with the obligors. To date, no material losses have been incurred related to the Company’s written risk participations. At March 31, 2018, the remaining terms on these risk participations generally ranged from less than one year to eight years, with a weighted average term on the maximum estimated exposure of 4.7 years. At December 31, 2017, the remaining terms on these risk participations generally ranged from less than one year to nine years, with a weighted average term on the maximum estimated exposure of 5.5 years. The Company’s maximum estimated exposure to written risk participations, as measured by projecting a maximum value of the guaranteed derivative instruments based on interest rate curve simulations and assuming 100% default by all obligors on the maximum values, was approximately $85 million and $55 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The fair values of the written risk participations were immaterial at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.


46
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued




NOTE 16 - FAIR VALUE ELECTION AND MEASUREMENT
The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which are classified as level 1, 2, or 3 within the fair value hierarchy, as shown below, on the basis of whether the measurement employs observable or unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions, taking into account information about market participant assumptions that is readily available.
•
Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets
•
Level 2: Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets
•
Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company’s recurring fair value measurements are based on either a requirement to measure such assets and liabilities at fair value or on the Company’s election to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis include trading securities, securities AFS, and derivative financial instruments. Assets and liabilities that the Company has elected to measure at fair value on a recurring basis include its residential MSRs, trading loans, and certain LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and fixed rate debt issuances.
The Company elects to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value to better align its financial performance with the economic value of actively traded or hedged assets or liabilities. The use of fair value also enables the Company to mitigate non-economic earnings volatility caused from financial assets and liabilities being measured using different bases of accounting, as well as to more accurately portray the active and dynamic management of the Company’s balance sheet.
The Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions in estimating fair value. The assumptions used to estimate the value of an instrument have varying degrees of impact to the overall fair value of an asset or liability. This process involves gathering multiple sources of information, including broker quotes, values provided by pricing services, trading activity in other identical or similar securities, market indices, and pricing matrices. When observable market prices for the asset or liability are not available, the Company employs various
 
modeling techniques, such as discounted cash flow analyses, to estimate fair value. Models used to produce material financial reporting information are validated prior to use and following any material change in methodology. Their performance is monitored at least quarterly, and any material deterioration in model performance is escalated. This review is performed by different internal groups depending on the type of fair value asset or liability.
The Company has formal processes and controls in place to support the appropriateness of its fair value estimates. For fair values obtained from a third party, or those that include certain trader estimates of fair value, there is an independent price validation function that provides oversight for these estimates. For level 2 instruments and certain level 3 instruments, the validation generally involves evaluating pricing received from two or more third party pricing sources that are widely used by market participants. The Company evaluates this pricing information from both a qualitative and quantitative perspective and determines whether any pricing differences exceed acceptable thresholds. If thresholds are exceeded, the Company assesses differences in valuation approaches used, which may include contacting a pricing service to gain further insight into the valuation of a particular security or class of securities to resolve the pricing variance, which could include an adjustment to the price used for financial reporting purposes.
The Company classifies instruments within level 2 in the fair value hierarchy when it determines that external pricing sources estimated fair value using prices for similar instruments trading in active markets. A wide range of quoted values from pricing sources may imply a reduced level of market activity and indicate that significant adjustments to price indications have been made. In such cases, the Company evaluates whether the asset or liability should be classified as level 3.
Determining whether to classify an instrument as level 3 involves judgment and is based on a variety of subjective factors, including whether a market is inactive. A market is considered inactive if significant decreases in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have been observed. In making this determination the Company evaluates the number of recent transactions in either the primary or secondary market, whether or not price quotations are current, the nature of market participants, the variability of price quotations, the breadth of bid/ask spreads, declines in, or the absence of, new issuances, and the availability of public information. When a market is determined to be inactive, significant adjustments may be made to price indications when estimating fair value. In making these adjustments the Company seeks to employ assumptions a market participant would use to value the asset or liability, including consideration of illiquidity in the referenced market.


47
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present certain information regarding assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the changes in fair value for those specific financial instruments for which fair value has been elected.
 
March 31, 2018
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting
 Adjustments 1
 
Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities

$182

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$182

Federal agency securities
—

 
238

 
—

 
—

 
238

U.S. states and political subdivisions
—

 
123

 
—

 
—

 
123

MBS - agency
—

 
699

 
—

 
—

 
699

Corporate and other debt securities
—

 
804

 
—

 
—

 
804

CP
—

 
169

 
—

 
—

 
169

Equity securities
51

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
51

Derivative instruments
252

 
2,805

 
17

 
(2,417
)
 
657

Trading loans
—

 
2,189

 
—

 
—

 
2,189

Total trading assets and derivative instruments
485

 
7,027

 
17

 
(2,417
)
 
5,112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities AFS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities
4,340

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
4,340

Federal agency securities
—

 
249

 
—

 
—

 
249

U.S. states and political subdivisions
—

 
636

 
—

 
—

 
636

MBS - agency residential
—

 
22,513

 
—

 
—

 
22,513

MBS - agency commercial
—

 
2,242

 
—

 
—

 
2,242

MBS - non-agency residential
—

 
57

 
—

 
—

 
57

MBS - non-agency commercial
—

 
874

 
—

 
—

 
874

ABS
—

 
7

 
—

 
—

 
7

Corporate and other debt securities
—

 
16

 
—

 
—

 
16

Total securities AFS 2
4,340

 
26,594

 
—

 
—

 
30,934


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LHFS
—

 
1,428

 
—

 
—

 
1,428

LHFI
—

 
—

 
188

 
—

 
188

Residential MSRs
—

 
—

 
1,916

 
—

 
1,916

Other 2
143

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities
698

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
698

MBS - agency
—

 
1

 
—

 
—

 
1

Corporate and other debt securities
—

 
453

 
—

 
—

 
453

Equity securities
5

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
5

Derivative instruments
138

 
3,351

 
16

 
(2,925
)
 
580

Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments
841

 
3,805

 
16

 
(2,925
)
 
1,737

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered time deposits
—

 
302

 
—

 
—

 
302

Long-term debt
—

 
209

 
—

 
—

 
209

1 Amounts represent offsetting cash collateral received from, and paid to, the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists. See Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments," for additional information.
2 Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability. See Note 9, "Other Assets," for additional information.


48
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued






 
December 31, 2017
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting
 Adjustments 1
 
Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities

$157

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$157

Federal agency securities
—

 
395

 
—

 
—

 
395

U.S. states and political subdivisions
—

 
61

 
—

 
—

 
61

MBS - agency
—

 
700

 
—

 
—

 
700

Corporate and other debt securities
—

 
655

 
—

 
—

 
655

CP
—

 
118

 
—

 
—

 
118

Equity securities
56

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
56

Derivative instruments
395

 
3,493

 
16

 
(3,102
)
 
802

Trading loans
—

 
2,149

 
—

 
—

 
2,149

Total trading assets and derivative instruments
608

 
7,571

 
16

 
(3,102
)
 
5,093

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities AFS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities
4,331

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
4,331

Federal agency securities
—

 
259

 
—

 
—

 
259

U.S. states and political subdivisions
—

 
617

 
—

 
—

 
617

MBS - agency residential
—

 
22,704

 
—

 
—

 
22,704

MBS - agency commercial
—

 
2,086

 
—

 
—

 
2,086

MBS - non-agency residential
—

 
—

 
59

 
—

 
59

MBS - non-agency commercial
—

 
866

 
—

 
—

 
866

ABS
—

 
—

 
8

 
—

 
8

Corporate and other debt securities
—

 
12

 
5

 
—

 
17

Total securities AFS 2
4,331

 
26,544

 
72

 
—

 
30,947

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LHFS
—

 
1,577

 
—

 
—

 
1,577

LHFI
—

 
—

 
196

 
—

 
196

Residential MSRs
—

 
—

 
1,710

 
—

 
1,710

Other 2
56

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities
577

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
577

Corporate and other debt securities
—

 
289

 
—

 
—

 
289

Equity securities
9

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9

Derivative instruments
183

 
4,243

 
16

 
(4,034
)
 
408

Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments
769

 
4,532

 
16

 
(4,034
)
 
1,283

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered time deposits
—

 
236

 
—

 
—

 
236

Long-term debt
—

 
530

 
—

 
—

 
530

1 Amounts represent offsetting cash collateral received from, and paid to, the same derivative counterparties, and the impact of netting derivative assets and derivative liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement or similar agreement exists. See Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments," for additional information.
2 Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts for comparability. See Note 9, "Other Assets," for additional information.


49
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The following tables present the difference between fair value and the aggregate UPB for which the FVO has been elected for certain trading loans, LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt instruments.
(Dollars in millions)
Fair Value at
March 31, 2018
 
Aggregate UPB at
March 31, 2018
 
Fair Value
Over/(Under)
Unpaid Principal
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Trading loans

$2,189

 

$2,142

 

$47

LHFS:
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing
1,428

 
1,397

 
31

LHFI:
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing
183

 
190

 
(7
)
Nonaccrual
5

 
7

 
(2
)

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered time deposits
302

 
304

 
(2
)
Long-term debt
209

 
203

 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Fair Value at
December 31, 2017
 
Aggregate UPB at
December 31, 2017
 

Fair Value
Over/(Under)
Unpaid Principal
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Trading loans

$2,149

 

$2,111

 

$38

LHFS:
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing
1,576

 
1,533

 
43

Past due 90 days or more
1

 
1

 
—

LHFI:
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing
192

 
198

 
(6
)
Nonaccrual
4

 
6

 
(2
)

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered time deposits
236

 
233

 
3

Long-term debt
530

 
517

 
13




50
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The following tables present the change in fair value during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 of financial instruments for which the FVO has been elected, as well as for residential MSRs. The tables do not reflect the change in fair value attributable to related economic hedges that the Company uses to mitigate market-related risks associated with the financial instruments. Generally, changes in the fair value of economic
 
hedges are recognized in Trading income, Mortgage production related income, Mortgage servicing related income, Commercial real estate related income, or Other noninterest income as appropriate, and are designed to partially offset the change in fair value of the financial instruments referenced in the tables below. The Company’s economic hedging activities are deployed at both the instrument and portfolio level.

 
Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2018 for Items Measured at Fair Value
Pursuant to Election of the FVO
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Income
 
Mortgage
Production
Related
Income 1
 
Mortgage
Servicing
Related
Income
 
Other
Noninterest
Income
 
Total
Changes in
Fair Values
Included in
 Earnings 2
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading loans

$2

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$2

LHFS
—

 
(13
)
 
—

 
—

 
(13
)
LHFI
—

 
—

 
—

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Residential MSRs
—

 
3

 
56

 
—

 
59

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered time deposits
7

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
7

Long-term debt
3

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
3

1 Income related to LHFS does not include income from IRLCs. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, income related to residential MSRs includes income recognized upon the sale of loans reported at LOCOM.
2 Changes in fair value for the three months ended March 31, 2018 exclude accrued interest for the period then ended. Interest income or interest expense on trading loans, LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt that have been elected to be measured at fair value are recognized in Interest income or Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.


 
Fair Value Gain/(Loss) for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2017 for Items Measured at Fair Value
Pursuant to Election of the FVO
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Income
 
Mortgage
Production
Related
Income 1
 
Mortgage
Servicing
Related
Income
 
Other
Noninterest
Income
 
Total
Changes in
Fair Values
Included in
Earnings 2
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading loans

$2

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$2

LHFS
—

 
12

 
—

 
—

 
12

Residential MSRs
—

 
1

 
(24
)
 
—

 
(23
)
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered time deposits
1

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
1

Long-term debt
6

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
6

1 Income related to LHFS does not include income from IRLCs. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, income related to residential MSRs includes income recognized upon the sale of loans reported at LOCOM.
2 Changes in fair value for the three months ended March 31, 2017 exclude accrued interest for the period then ended. Interest income or interest expense on trading loans, LHFS, brokered time deposits, and long-term debt that have been elected to be measured at fair value are recognized in Interest income or Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.






51
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The following is a discussion of the valuation techniques and inputs used in estimating fair value for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as level 1, 2, and/or 3.

Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale
Unless otherwise indicated, trading assets are priced by the trading desk and securities AFS are valued by an independent third party pricing service. The third party pricing service gathers relevant market data and observable inputs, such as new issue data, benchmark curves, reported trades, credit spreads, and dealer bids and offers, and integrates relevant credit information, market movements, and sector news into its matrix pricing and other market-based modeling techniques.

U.S. Treasury Securities
The Company estimates the fair value of its U.S. Treasury securities based on quoted prices observed in active markets; as such, these investments are classified as level 1.

Federal Agency Securities
The Company includes in this classification securities issued by federal agencies and GSEs. Agency securities consist of debt obligations issued by HUD, FHLB, and other agencies, as well as securities collateralized by loans that are guaranteed by the SBA, and thus, are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For SBA instruments, the Company estimates fair value based on pricing from observable trading activity for similar securities or from a third party pricing service. Accordingly, these instruments are classified as level 2.
U.S. States and Political Subdivisions
The Company’s investments in U.S. states and political subdivisions (collectively “municipals”) include obligations of county and municipal authorities and agency bonds, which are general obligations of the municipality or are supported by a specified revenue source. Holdings are geographically dispersed, with no significant concentrations in any one state or municipality. Additionally, all AFS municipal obligations classified as level 2 are highly rated or are otherwise collateralized by securities backed by the full faith and credit of the federal government.
MBS – Agency
Agency MBS includes pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by GSEs and U.S. government agencies, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae. Each security contains a guarantee by the issuing GSE or agency. For agency MBS, the Company estimates fair value based on pricing from observable trading activity for similar securities or from a third party pricing service; accordingly, the Company classified these instruments as level 2.
MBS – Non-agency
Non-agency residential MBS includes purchased interests in third party securitizations, as well as retained interests in Company-sponsored securitizations of 2006 and 2007 vintage residential mortgages (including both prime jumbo fixed rate collateral and floating rate collateral). At the time of purchase or origination, these securities had high investment grade ratings; however, they have experienced deterioration in credit quality leading to downgrades to non-investment grade levels. The
 
Company obtains pricing for these securities from an independent pricing service. The Company evaluates third party pricing to determine the reasonableness of the information relative to changes in market data, such as any recent trades, information received from market participants and analysts, and/or changes in the underlying collateral performance. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company classified non-agency residential MBS as level 2 and level 3, respectively.
Non-agency commercial MBS consists of purchased interests in third party securitizations. These interests have high investment grade ratings, and the Company obtains pricing for these securities from an independent pricing service. The Company has classified these non-agency commercial MBS as level 2, as the third party pricing service relies on observable data for similar securities in active markets.
Asset-Backed Securities
ABS classified as securities AFS includes purchased interests in third party securitizations collateralized by home equity loans. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company classified ABS as level 2 and level 3, respectively.
Corporate and Other Debt Securities
Corporate debt securities are comprised predominantly of senior and subordinate debt obligations of domestic corporations and are classified as level 2. Other debt securities classified as AFS include bonds that are redeemable with the issuer at par. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company classified other debt securities as level 2 and level 3, respectively.
Commercial Paper
The Company acquires CP that is generally short-term in nature (maturity of less than 30 days) and highly rated. The Company estimates the fair value of this CP based on observable pricing from executed trades of similar instruments; as such, CP is classified as level 2.
Equity Securities
The Company estimates the fair value of its equity securities classified as trading assets based on quoted prices observed in active markets; accordingly, these investments are classified as level 1.

Derivative Instruments
The Company holds derivative instruments for both trading and risk management purposes. Level 1 derivative instruments generally include exchange-traded futures or option contracts for which pricing is readily available. The Company’s level 2 instruments are predominantly OTC swaps, options, and forwards, measured using observable market assumptions for interest rates, foreign exchange, equity, and credit. Because fair values for OTC contracts are not readily available, the Company estimates fair values using internal, but standard, valuation models. The selection of valuation models is driven by the type of contract: for option-based products, the Company uses an appropriate option pricing model such as Black-Scholes. For forward-based products, the Company’s valuation methodology is generally a discounted cash flow approach.

52
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The Company's derivative instruments classified as level 2 are primarily transacted in the institutional dealer market and priced with observable market assumptions at a mid-market valuation point, with appropriate valuation adjustments for liquidity and credit risk. See Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for additional information on the Company's derivative instruments.
The Company's derivative instruments classified as level 3 include IRLCs that satisfy the criteria to be treated as derivative financial instruments. The fair value of IRLCs on LHFS, while based on interest rates observable in the market, is highly dependent on the ultimate closing of the loans. These “pull-through” rates are based on the Company’s historical data and reflect the Company’s best estimate of the likelihood that a commitment will result in a closed loan. As pull-through rates increase, the fair value of IRLCs also increases. Servicing value is included in the fair value of IRLCs, and the fair value of servicing is determined by projecting cash flows, which are then discounted to estimate an expected fair value. The fair value of servicing is impacted by a variety of factors, including prepayment assumptions, discount rates, delinquency rates, contractually specified servicing fees, servicing costs, and underlying portfolio characteristics. Because these inputs are not transparent in market trades, IRLCs are considered to be level 3 assets. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company transferred $6 million of net IRLC liabilities and $36 million of net IRLC assets out of level 3 as the associated loans were closed.
    
Trading Loans
The Company engages in certain businesses whereby electing to measure loans at fair value for financial reporting aligns with the underlying business purpose. Specifically, loans included within this classification include trading loans that are (i) made or acquired in connection with the Company’s TRS business, (ii) part of the loan sales and trading business within the Company’s Wholesale segment, or (iii) backed by the SBA. See Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," and Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for further discussion of this business. All of these loans are classified as level 2 due to the nature of market data that the Company uses to estimate fair value.
The loans made in connection with the Company’s TRS business are short-term, senior demand loans supported by a pledge agreement granting first priority security interest to the Bank in all the assets held by the borrower, a VIE with assets comprised primarily of corporate loans. While these TRS-related loans do not trade in the market, the Company believes that the par amount of the loans approximates fair value and no unobservable assumptions are used by the Company to value these loans. At both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $1.7 billion and of these short-term loans outstanding, measured at fair value.
The loans from the Company’s sales and trading business are commercial and corporate leveraged loans that are either traded in the market or for which similar loans trade. The Company elected to measure these loans at fair value since they are actively traded. For both of the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of
 
Income due to changes in fair value attributable to instrument-specific credit risk. The Company is able to obtain fair value estimates for substantially all of these loans through a third party valuation service that is broadly used by market participants. While most of the loans are traded in the market, the Company does not believe that trading activity qualifies the loans as level 1 instruments, as the volume and level of trading activity is subject to variability and the loans are not exchange-traded. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, $74 million and $48 million, respectively, of loans related to the Company’s trading business were held in inventory.
SBA loans are similar to SBA securities discussed herein under “Federal agency securities,” except for their legal form. In both cases, the Company trades instruments that are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government as to contractual principal and interest and there is sufficient observable trading activity upon which to base the estimate of fair value. As these SBA loans are fully guaranteed, the changes in fair value are attributable to factors other than instrument-specific credit risk. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company held $448 million and $368 million of SBA loans in inventory, respectively.
Loans Held for Sale and Loans Held for Investment
Residential Mortgage LHFS
The Company values certain newly-originated residential mortgage LHFS at fair value based upon defined product criteria. The Company chooses to fair value these residential mortgage LHFS to eliminate the complexities and inherent difficulties of achieving hedge accounting and to better align reported results with the underlying economic changes in value of the loans and related hedge instruments. Any origination fees are recognized within Mortgage production related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income when earned at the time of closing. The servicing value is included in the fair value of the loan and is initially recognized at the time the Company enters into IRLCs with borrowers. The Company employs derivative instruments to economically hedge changes in interest rates and the related impact on servicing value in the fair value of the loan. The mark-to-market adjustments related to LHFS and the associated economic hedges are captured in Mortgage production related income.
LHFS classified as level 2 are primarily agency loans which trade in active secondary markets and are priced using current market pricing for similar securities, adjusted for servicing, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Non-agency residential mortgage LHFS are also included in level 2.
For residential mortgages that the Company has elected to measure at fair value, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to borrower-specific credit risk for both of the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. In addition to borrower-specific credit risk, there are other more significant variables that drive changes in the fair values of the loans, including interest rates and general market conditions.
Commercial Mortgage LHFS
The Company values certain commercial mortgage LHFS at fair value based upon observable current market prices for similar

53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



loans. These loans are generally transferred to agencies within 90 days of origination. The Company had commitments from agencies to purchase these loans at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017; therefore, they are classified as level 2. Origination fees are recognized within Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income when earned at the time of closing. To mitigate the effect of interest rate risk inherent in entering into IRLCs with borrowers, the Company enters into forward contracts with investors at the same time that it enters into IRLCs with borrowers. The mark-to-market adjustments related to commercial mortgage LHFS, IRLCs, and forward contracts are recognized in Commercial real estate related income. For commercial mortgages that the Company has elected to measure at fair value, the Company recognized no gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to borrower-specific credit risk for both of the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.
LHFI
LHFI classified as level 3 includes predominantly mortgage loans that are not marketable, largely due to the identification of loan defects. The Company chooses to measure these mortgage LHFI at fair value to better align reported results with the underlying economic changes in value of the loans and any related hedging instruments. The Company values these loans using a discounted cash flow approach based on assumptions that are generally not observable in current markets, such as prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity rates, and discount rates. Level 3 LHFI also includes mortgage loans that are valued using collateral based pricing. Changes in the applicable housing price index since the time of the loan origination are considered and applied to the loan's collateral value. An additional discount representing the return that a buyer would require is also considered in the overall fair value.
Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
The Company records residential MSR assets at fair value using a discounted cash flow approach. The fair values of residential MSRs are impacted by a variety of factors, including prepayment assumptions, discount rates, delinquency rates, contractually specified servicing fees, servicing costs, and underlying portfolio characteristics. The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated by values received from independent third parties based on their review of the servicing portfolio, and comparisons to market transactions. Because these inputs are not transparent in market trades, residential MSRs are classified as level 3 assets. For additional information see Note 8, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."
Other
The Company estimates the fair value of its mutual fund investments and other equity securities with readily determinable fair values based on quoted prices observed in active markets; therefore, these investments are classified as level 1.

 
Liabilities
Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments
Trading liabilities are comprised primarily of derivative contracts, including IRLCs that satisfy the criteria to be treated as derivative financial instruments, as well as various contracts (primarily U.S. Treasury securities, corporate and other debt securities) that the Company uses in certain of its trading businesses. The Company's valuation methodologies for these derivative contracts and securities are consistent with those discussed within the corresponding sections herein under “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale.”
During the second quarter of 2009, in connection with its sale of Visa Class B shares, the Company entered into a derivative contract whereby the ultimate cash payments received or paid, if any, under the contract are based on the ultimate resolution of the Litigation involving Visa. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on the Company’s expectations regarding the ultimate resolution of that Litigation. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the derivative involve a high degree of judgment and subjectivity; accordingly, the derivative liability is classified as level 3. See Note 14, "Guarantees," for a discussion of the valuation assumptions.
Brokered Time Deposits
The Company has elected to measure certain CDs that contain embedded derivatives at fair value. This fair value election better aligns the economics of the CDs with the Company’s risk management strategies. The Company evaluated, on an instrument by instrument basis, whether a new issuance would be measured at fair value.
The Company has classified CDs measured at fair value as level 2 instruments due to the Company's ability to reasonably measure all significant inputs based on observable market variables. The Company employs a discounted cash flow approach based on observable market interest rates for the term of the CD and an estimate of the Bank's credit risk. For any embedded derivative features, the Company uses the same valuation methodologies as if the derivative were a standalone derivative, as discussed herein under "Derivative instruments."
Long-term Debt
The Company has elected to measure at fair value certain fixed rate issuances of public debt that are valued by obtaining price indications from a third party pricing service and utilizing broker quotes to corroborate the reasonableness of those marks. Additionally, information from market data of recent observable trades and indications from buy side investors, if available, are taken into consideration as additional support for the value. Due to the availability of this information, the Company determined that the appropriate classification for these debt issuances is level 2. The Company utilizes derivative instruments to convert interest rates on its fixed rate debt to floating rates. The Company elected to measure certain fixed rate debt issuances at fair value to align the accounting for the debt with the accounting for offsetting derivative positions, without having to apply complex hedge accounting.



54
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The valuation technique and range, including weighted average, of the unobservable inputs associated with the Company's level 3 assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
 Level 3 Significant Unobservable Input Assumptions
(Dollars in millions)
Fair value March 31, 2018
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range
(weighted average)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments, net 1

$1

 
Internal model
 
Pull through rate
 
36-100% (79%)
 
MSR value
 
41-190 bps (120 bps)
LHFI
183

 
Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow
 
Option adjusted spread
 
62-784 bps (181 bps)
Conditional prepayment rate
7-24 CPR (13 CPR)
Conditional default rate
0-2 CDR (0.7 CDR)
5

Collateral based pricing
Appraised value
NM 2
Residential MSRs
1,916

 
Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow
 
Conditional prepayment rate
 
6-33 CPR (13 CPR)
 
Option adjusted spread
 
0-116% (4%)
1 Amount represents the net of IRLC assets and liabilities and includes the derivative liability associated with the Company's sale of Visa shares. Refer to the "Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments" section herein for a discussion of valuation assumptions related to the Visa derivative liability.
2 Not meaningful.
 
 Level 3 Significant Unobservable Input Assumptions
(Dollars in millions)
Fair value December 31, 2017
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input 1
 
Range
(weighted average)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments, net 2

$—

 
Internal model
 
Pull through rate
 
41-100% (81%)
 
MSR value
 
41-190 bps (113 bps)
Securities AFS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS - non-agency residential
59

 
Third party pricing
 
N/A
 
 
ABS
8

 
Third party pricing
 
N/A
 
 
Corporate and other debt securities
5

 
Cost
 
N/A
 
 
LHFI
192

 
Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow
 
Option adjusted spread
 
62-784 bps (215 bps)
 
Conditional prepayment rate
 
2-34 CPR (11 CPR)
 
Conditional default rate
 
0-5 CDR (0.7 CDR)
4

 
Collateral based pricing
 
Appraised value
 
NM 3
Residential MSRs
1,710

 
Monte Carlo/Discounted cash flow
 
Conditional prepayment rate
 
6-30 CPR (13 CPR)
 
Option adjusted spread
 
1-125% (4%)
1 For certain assets and liabilities where the Company utilizes third party pricing, the unobservable inputs and their ranges are not reasonably available, and therefore, have been noted as not applicable ("N/A").
2 Amount represents the net of IRLC assets and liabilities and includes the derivative liability associated with the Company's sale of Visa shares. Refer to the "Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments" section herein for a discussion of valuation assumptions related to the Visa derivative liability.
3 Not meaningful.


55
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



The following tables present a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (other than servicing rights which are disclosed in Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”). Transfers into and out of the fair value hierarchy levels are assumed to occur at the end
 
of the period in which the transfer occurred. None of the transfers into or out of level 3 have been the result of using alternative valuation approaches to estimate fair values. There were no transfers between level 1 and 2 during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

 
Fair Value Measurements
Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning
Balance
January 1,
2018
 
Included
in
Earnings
 
OCI
 
Purchases
 
Sales
 
Settlements
 
Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items
 
Transfers
into
Level 3
 
Transfers
out of
Level 3
 
Fair Value
March 31,
2018
 
Included in
Earnings
(held at
March 31, 2018 1)
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments, net

$—

 

($6
)
2 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$1

 

$6

 

$—

 

$—

 

$1

 

$16

2 
Securities AFS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS - non-agency residential
59

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(2
)
 
—

 
—

 
(57
)
 
—

 
—

 
ABS
8

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(1
)
 
—

 
—

 
(7
)
 
—

 
—

 
Corporate and other debt securities
5

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(5
)
 
—

 
—

 
Total securities AFS
72

 
—


—

 
—

 
—

 
(3
)
 
—

 
—

 
(69
)
 
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LHFI
196

 
(2
)
3 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(7
)
 
—

 
1

 
—

 
188

 
(3
)
3 
1 Change in unrealized gains/(losses) included in earnings during the period related to financial assets still held at March 31, 2018.
2 Includes issuances, fair value changes, and expirations. Amount related to residential IRLCs is recognized in Mortgage production related income, amount related to commercial IRLCs is recognized in Commercial real estate related income, and amount related to Visa derivative liability is recognized in Other noninterest expense.
3 Amounts are generally included in Mortgage production related income; however, the mark on certain fair value loans is included in Other noninterest income.

 
Fair Value Measurements
Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning
Balance
January 1,
2017
 
Included
in
Earnings
 
OCI
 
Purchases
 
Sales
 
Settlements
 
Transfers to/from Other Balance Sheet Line Items
 
Transfers
into
Level 3
 
Transfers
out of
Level 3
 
Fair Value
March 31,
2017
 
Included in
Earnings
(held at
March 31,
2017 1)
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments, net

$6

 

$48

2 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

($1
)
 

($36
)
 

$—

 

$—

 

$17

 

$30

2 
Securities AFS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. states and political subdivisions
4

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
4

 
—

 
MBS - non-agency residential
74

 
—

 
(1
)
3 
—

 
—

 
(2
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
71

 
—

 
ABS
10

 
—

 
—

— 
—

 
—

 
(1
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9

 
—

 
Corporate and other debt securities
5

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
5

 
—

 
Total securities AFS
93

 
—


(1
)
3 
—

 
—

 
(3
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
89

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential LHFS
12

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(14
)
 
—

 
(2
)
 
10

 
—

 
6

 
—

 
LHFI
222

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(6
)
 
1

 
4

 
—

 
221

 
—

 
1 Change in unrealized gains included in earnings during the period related to financial assets still held at March 31, 2017.
2 Includes issuances, fair value changes, and expirations. Amount related to residential IRLCs is recognized in Mortgage production related income and amount related to Visa derivative liability is recognized in Other noninterest expense.
3 Amounts recognized in OCI are included in change in net unrealized losses on securities AFS, net of tax.



56
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present gains and losses recognized on assets still held at period end, and measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017. Adjustments to fair value generally result from the application of LOCOM, or the
 
measurement alternative, or through write-downs of individual assets. The tables do not reflect changes in fair value attributable to economic hedges the Company may have used to mitigate interest rate risk associated with LHFS.
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
(Losses)/Gains for the
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
LHFS

$13

 

$—

 

$13

 

$—

 

$—

LHFI
48

 
—

 
—

 
48

 
—

OREO
23

 
—

 
—

 
23

 
(2
)
Other assets
41

 
—

 
31

 
10

 
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Losses for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
LHFS

$13

 

$—

 

$13

 

$—

 

$—

LHFI
49

 
—

 
—

 
49

 
—

OREO
24

 
—

 
1

 
23

 
(4
)
Other assets
53

 
—

 
4

 
49

 
(43
)

Discussed below are the valuation techniques and inputs used in estimating fair values for assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and classified as level 2 and/or 3.
Loans Held for Sale
At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, LHFS classified as level 2 consisted of commercial loans that were valued using market prices and measured at LOCOM. There were no gains/(losses) recognized in earnings during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or during the year ended December 31, 2017 as the charge-offs related to these loans are a component of the ALLL.

Loans Held for Investment
At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, LHFI classified as level 3 consisted primarily of consumer loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that had not been reaffirmed by the borrower, as well as nonperforming CRE loans for which specific reserves had been recognized. Cash proceeds from the sale of the underlying collateral is the expected source of repayment for a majority of these loans. Accordingly, the fair value of these loans is derived from the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, incorporating market data if available. Due to the lack of market data for similar assets, all of these loans are classified as level 3. There were no gains/(losses) recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or during the year ended December 31, 2017, as the charge-offs related to these loans are a component of the ALLL.

OREO
OREO is measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. Level 2 OREO consists primarily of residential homes, commercial properties, and vacant lots and land for which binding purchase agreements exist. Level 3 OREO consists primarily of residential homes, commercial properties, and vacant lots and land for which initial valuations are based on property-specific appraisals, broker pricing opinions, or other
 
limited, highly subjective market information. Updated value estimates are received regularly for level 3 OREO.

Other Assets
Other assets consists of equity investments, other repossessed assets, assets under operating leases where the Company is the lessor, branch properties, land held for sale, and software.
Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2016-01 on January 1, 2018, the Company elected the measurement alternative for measuring certain equity securities without readily determinable fair values, which are adjusted based on any observable price changes in orderly transactions. These equity securities are classified as level 2 based on the valuation methodology and associated inputs. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company recognized a remeasurement gain of $23 million on these equity securities.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-01, equity investments were evaluated for potential impairment based on the expected remaining cash flows to be received from these assets discounted at a market rate that is commensurate with the expected risk, considering relevant company-specific valuation multiples, where applicable. Based on the valuation methodology and associated unobservable inputs, these investments are classified as level 3. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges on its equity investments.
Other repossessed assets comprises repossessed personal property that is measured at fair value less cost to sell. These assets are classified as level 3 as their fair value is determined based on a variety of subjective, unobservable factors. There were no losses recognized in earnings by the Company on other repossessed assets during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or during the year ended December 31, 2017, as the

57
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



impairment charges on repossessed personal property were a component of the ALLL.
The Company monitors the fair value of assets under operating leases where the Company is the lessor and recognizes impairment on the leased asset to the extent the carrying value is not recoverable and is greater than its fair value. Fair value is determined using collateral specific pricing digests, external appraisals, broker opinions, recent sales data from industry equipment dealers, and the discounted cash flows derived from the underlying lease agreement. As market data for similar assets and lease arrangements is available and used in the valuation, these assets are considered level 2. No impairment charges were recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2018 attributable to changes in the fair value of various personal property under operating leases. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges attributable to changes in the fair value of various personal property under operating leases.
Branch properties are classified as level 3, as their fair value is based on market comparables and broker opinions. The
 
Company recognized no impairment on branch properties during the three months ended March 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized impairment charges of $10 million on branch properties.
Land held for sale is recorded at the lesser of carrying value or fair value less cost to sell, and is considered level 3 as its fair value is determined based on market comparables and broker opinions. The Company recognized no impairment charges on land held for sale during the three months ended March 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges on land held for sale.
Software consisted primarily of external software licenses and internally developed software that were impaired and for which fair value was determined using a level 3 measurement. This resulted in impairment charges of $8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and $28 million during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
 
 
 
March 31, 2018
 
Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)
Measurement
Category
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
Amortized cost
 

$7,304

 

$7,304

 

$7,304

 

$—

 

$—

Trading assets and derivative instruments
Fair value
 
5,112

 
5,112

 
485

 
4,610

 
17

Securities AFS
Fair value
 
30,934

 
30,934

 
4,340

 
26,594

 
—

LHFS
Fair value
1 

2,377

 
2,389

 
—

 
2,348

 
41

LHFI, net
Amortized cost
2 

140,924

 
141,174

 
—

 
—

 
141,174

Other
Amortized cost
3 

561

 
561

 
143

 
—

 
418

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits
Amortized cost
 
13,715

 
13,478

 
—

 
13,478

 
—

Short-term borrowings
Amortized cost
 
3,572

 
3,572

 
—

 
3,572

 
—

Long-term debt
Amortized cost
2 

10,692

 
10,743

 
—

 
9,631

 
1,112

Trading liabilities and derivative instruments
Fair value
 
1,737

 
1,737

 
841

 
880

 
16

1 Certain LHFS are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value.
2 The Company elected to measure certain LHFI and fixed rate debt issuances at fair value on a recurring basis.
3 Other financial assets recorded at amortized cost consist primarily of FHLB of Atlanta stock and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. Other financial assets also include mutual fund investments and other equity securities with readily determinable fair values, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.


58
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)
Measurement Category
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
Amortized cost
 

$6,912

 

$6,912

 

$6,912

 

$—

 

$—

Trading assets and derivative instruments
Fair value
 
5,093

 
5,093

 
608

 
4,469

 
16

Securities AFS
Fair value
 
30,947

 
30,947

 
4,331

 
26,544

 
72

LHFS
Fair value
1 

2,290

 
2,293

 
—

 
2,239

 
54

LHFI, net
Amortized cost
2 

141,446

 
141,575

 
—

 
—

 
141,575

Other
Amortized cost
3 

474

 
474

 
56

 
—

 
418

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits
Amortized cost
 
12,076

 
11,906

 
—

 
11,906

 
—

Short-term borrowings
Amortized cost
 
4,781

 
4,781

 
—

 
4,781

 
—

Long-term debt
Amortized cost
2 

9,785

 
9,892

 
—

 
8,834

 
1,058

Trading liabilities and derivative instruments
Fair value
 
1,283

 
1,283

 
769

 
498

 
16

1 Certain LHFS are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value.
2 The Company elected to measure certain LHFI and fixed rate debt issuances at fair value on a recurring basis.
3 Other financial assets recorded at amortized cost consist primarily of FHLB of Atlanta stock and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. Other financial assets also include mutual fund investments and other equity securities with determinable fair values, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit are not included in the table above. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $68.3 billion and $66.4 billion, respectively, of unfunded commercial loan commitments and letters of credit. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related unfunded commitments reserve, which was a combined $73
 
million and $84 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. No active trading market exists for these instruments, and the estimated fair value does not include value associated with the borrower relationship. The Company does not estimate the fair values of consumer unfunded lending commitments which can generally be canceled by providing notice to the borrower.


59
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 17 – CONTINGENCIES
Litigation and Regulatory Matters
In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous civil claims and lawsuits and subject to regulatory examinations, investigations, and requests for information. Some of these matters involve claims for substantial amounts. The Company’s experience has shown that the damages alleged by plaintiffs or claimants are often overstated, based on unsubstantiated legal theories, unsupported by facts, and/or bear no relation to the ultimate award that a court might grant. Additionally, the outcome of litigation and regulatory matters and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. These factors make it difficult for the Company to provide a meaningful estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes of claims in the aggregate or by individual claim. However, on a case-by-case basis, reserves are established for those legal claims in which it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company's financial statements at March 31, 2018 reflect the Company's current best estimate of probable losses associated with these matters, including costs to comply with various settlement agreements, where applicable. The actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved.
For a limited number of legal matters in which the Company is involved, the Company is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible losses in excess of related reserves, if any. Management currently estimates these losses to range from $0 to approximately $160 million. This estimated range of reasonably possible losses represents the estimated possible losses over the life of such legal matters, which may span a currently indeterminable number of years, and is based on information available at March 31, 2018. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from this estimate. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are not included within this estimated range; therefore, this estimated range does not represent the Company’s maximum loss exposure. Based on current knowledge, it is the opinion of management that liabilities arising from legal claims in excess of the amounts currently reserved, if any, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, in light of the significant uncertainties involved in these matters and the large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows for any given reporting period.
The following is a description of certain litigation and regulatory matters:
Card Association Antitrust Litigation
The Company is a defendant, along with Visa and MasterCard, as well as several other banks, in several antitrust lawsuits challenging their practices. For a discussion regarding the Company’s involvement in this litigation matter, see Note 14, “Guarantees.”
 
Bickerstaff v. SunTrust Bank
This case was filed in the Fulton County State Court on July 12, 2010, and an amended complaint was filed on August 9, 2010. Plaintiff asserts that all overdraft fees charged to his account which related to debit card and ATM transactions are actually interest charges and therefore subject to the usury laws of Georgia. Plaintiff has brought claims for violations of civil and criminal usury laws, conversion, and money had and received, and purports to bring the action on behalf of all Georgia citizens who incurred such overdraft fees within the four years before the complaint was filed where the overdraft fee resulted in an interest rate being charged in excess of the usury rate. On April 8, 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for class certification and that motion was denied but the ruling was later reversed and remanded by the Georgia Supreme Court. On October 6, 2017, the trial court granted plaintiff's motion for class certification and the Bank filed an appeal of the decision on November 3, 2017.
ERISA Class Actions
Company Stock Class Action
Beginning in July 2008, the Company and certain officers, directors, and employees of the Company were named in a class action alleging that they breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA by offering the Company's common stock as an investment option in the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”). The plaintiffs sought to represent all current and former Plan participants who held the Company stock in their Plan accounts from May 15, 2007 to March 30, 2011 and seek to recover alleged losses these participants supposedly incurred as a result of their investment in Company stock.
This case was originally filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida but was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (the “District Court”), in November 2008. Since the filing of the case, various amended pleadings, motions, and appeals were made by the parties that ultimately resulted in the District Court granting a motion for summary judgment for certain non-fiduciary defendants and granting certain of the plaintiffs' motion for class certification. The class is defined as "All persons, other than Defendants and members of their immediate families, who were participants in or beneficiaries of the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Plan") at any time between May 15, 2007 and March 30, 2011, inclusive (the "Class Period") and whose accounts included investments in SunTrust common stock ("SunTrust Stock") during that time period and who sustained a loss to their account as a result of the investment in SunTrust Stock." The parties agreed to a settlement wherein the Company would pay approximately $5 million to a settlement fund in addition to other non-monetary reliefs. On March 12, 2018, the District Court preliminarily approved the settlement. The Company awaits the District Court's final approval of the settlement.
Mutual Funds Class Actions
On March 11, 2011, the Company and certain officers, directors, and employees of the Company were named in a putative class action alleging that they breached their fiduciary duties under

60
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



ERISA by offering certain STI Classic Mutual Funds as investment options in the Plan. The plaintiffs purport to represent all current and former Plan participants who held the STI Classic Mutual Funds in their Plan accounts from April 2002 through December 2010 and seek to recover alleged losses these Plan participants supposedly incurred as a result of their investment in the STI Classic Mutual Funds. This action is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (the “District Court”). Subsequently, plaintiffs' counsel initiated a substantially similar lawsuit against the Company naming two new plaintiffs. On June 27, 2014, Brown, et al. v. SunTrust Banks, Inc., et al., another putative class action alleging breach of fiduciary duties associated with the inclusion of STI Classic Mutual Funds as investment options in the Plan, was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia but then was transferred to the District Court.
After various appeals, the cases were remanded to the District Court. On March 25, 2016, a consolidated amended complaint was filed, consolidating all of these pending actions into one case. The Company filed an answer to the consolidated amended complaint on June 6, 2016. Subsequent to the closing of fact discovery, plaintiffs filed their second amended consolidated complaint on December 19, 2017 which among other things named five new defendants. On January 2, 2018, defendants filed their answer to the second amended consolidated complaint. Defendants' motion for Partial Summary Judgment was filed on January 12, 2018, and on January 16, 2018 the plaintiffs filed for motion for class certification.
Intellectual Ventures II v. SunTrust Banks, Inc. and SunTrust Bank
This action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia on July 24, 2013. Plaintiff alleged that SunTrust violates five patents held by plaintiff in connection with SunTrust’s provision of online banking services and other systems and services. Plaintiff seeks damages for alleged patent infringement of an unspecified amount, as well as attorney’s fees and expenses. The matter was stayed on October 7, 2014 pending inter partes reviews of a number of the claims asserted against SunTrust. After completion of those reviews, plaintiff dismissed its claims regarding four of the five patents on August 1, 2017.

United States Mortgage Servicing Settlement
In the second quarter of 2014, STM and the U.S., through the DOJ, HUD, and Attorneys General for several states, reached a final settlement agreement related to the National Mortgage Servicing Settlement. The settlement agreement became effective on September 30, 2014 when the court entered the Consent Judgment. Pursuant to the settlements, STM made $50 million in cash payments, provided $500 million of consumer relief, and implemented certain mortgage servicing standards. In an August 10, 2017 report, the independent Office of Mortgage Settlement Oversight ("OMSO"), appointed to review and certify compliance with the provisions of the settlement, confirmed that STM fulfilled its consumer relief commitments of the settlement. STM's mortgage servicing standard obligations
 
concluded on March 31, 2018. Testing of the final compliance period results by an internal review group, and semi-annually by the OMSO, is ongoing.

United States Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York Foreclosure Expense Investigation
In April 2013, STM began cooperating with the United States Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New York (the "Southern District") in a broad-based industry investigation regarding claims for foreclosure-related expenses charged by law firms in connection with the foreclosure of loans guaranteed or insured by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or FHA. The investigation relates to a private litigant qui tam lawsuit. On March 27, 2018, the United States Attorney's Office filed notice with the Southern District that it did not intend to intervene in the matter as to STM, and, on the same date, the qui tam matter was unsealed. On April 3, 2018, the private litigant filed an amended complaint alleging violations of the False Claims Act by various servicers, including STM.
LR Trust v. SunTrust Banks, Inc., et al.
In November 2016, the Company and certain officers and directors were named as defendants in a shareholder derivative action alleging that defendants failed to take action related to activities at issue in the National Mortgage Servicing, HAMP, and FHA Originations settlements, and certain other legal matters or to ensure that the alleged activities in each were remedied and otherwise appropriately addressed. Plaintiff sought an award in favor of the Company for the amount of damages sustained by the Company, disgorgement of alleged benefits obtained by defendants, and enhancements to corporate governance and internal controls. On September 18, 2017, the court dismissed this matter and on October 16, 2017, plaintiff filed an appeal.

Millennium Lender Claim Trust v. STRH and SunTrust Bank, et al.
In August 2017, the Trustee of the Millennium Lender Claim Trust filed a suit in the New York State Court against STRH, SunTrust Bank, and other lenders of the $1.775 B Millennium Health LLC f/k/a Millennium Laboratories LLC (“Millennium”) syndicated loan. The Trustee alleges that the loan was actually a security and that defendants misrepresented or omitted to state material facts in the offering materials and communications provided concerning the legality of Millennium's sales, marketing, and billing practices and the known risks posed by a pending government investigation into the illegality of such practices. The Trustee brings claims for violation of the California Corporate Securities Law, the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Colorado Securities Act, and the Illinois Securities Law, as well as negligent misrepresentation and seeks rescission of sales of securities as well as unspecified rescissory damages, compensatory damages, punitive damages, interest, and attorneys' fees and costs. The defendants have removed the case to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and the Trustee has moved to remand the case back to state court.


61
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 18 - BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company operates and measures business activity across two segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. The Company's business segment structure is based on the manner in which financial information is evaluated by management as well as the products and services provided or the type of client served. The following is a description of the segments and their primary businesses at March 31, 2018.

The Consumer segment is made up of four primary businesses:
•
Consumer Banking provides services to individual consumers and branch-managed small business clients through an extensive network of traditional and in-store branches, ATMs, the internet (www.suntrust.com), mobile banking, and by telephone (1-800-SUNTRUST). Financial products and services offered to consumers and small business clients include deposits and payments, loans, and various fee-based services. Consumer Banking also serves as an entry point for clients and provides services for other businesses.
•
Consumer Lending offers an array of lending products to individual consumers and small business clients via the Company's Consumer Banking and PWM businesses, through the internet (www.suntrust.com and www.lightstream.com), as well as through various national offices and partnerships. Products offered include home equity lines, personal credit lines and loans, direct auto, indirect auto, student lending, credit cards, and other lending products.
•
PWM provides a full array of wealth management products and professional services to individual consumers and institutional clients, including loans, deposits, brokerage, professional investment advisory, and trust services to clients seeking active management of their financial resources. Institutional clients are served by the Institutional Investment Solutions business. Discount/online and full-service brokerage products are offered to individual clients through STIS. Investment advisory products and services are offered to clients by STAS, an SEC registered investment advisor. PWM also includes GFO, which provides family office solutions to clients and their families to help them manage and sustain wealth across multiple generations, including family meeting facilitation, consolidated reporting, expense management, specialty asset management, and business transition advice, as well as other wealth management disciplines.
•
Mortgage Banking offers residential mortgage products nationally through its retail and correspondent channels, the internet (www.suntrust.com), and by telephone (1-800-SUNTRUST). These products are either sold in the secondary market, primarily with servicing rights retained, or held in the Company’s loan portfolio. Mortgage Banking also services loans for other investors, in addition to loans held in the Company’s loan portfolio.
◦
The Company plans to merge its STM and Bank entities in the third quarter of 2018. The Company has received conditional regulatory approval for the merger, which
 
is subject to final approval from the appropriate regulatory authorities once certain merger transaction documents have been executed. These entities are both part of the Company's Consumer business segment, and the merged entity would remain within Consumer. Subsequent to the merger, it is anticipated that STM will conduct operations under the Bank’s name and charter. The planned merger resulted in an increase in the Company’s valuation allowance recorded for STM's state carryforwards in the first quarter of 2018, as described in Note 12, “Income Taxes.” The Company is continuing to evaluate the anticipated impacts of the merger; however, no additional material impacts are currently expected.
The Wholesale segment is made up of three primary businesses and the Treasury & Payment Solutions product group:
•
CIB delivers comprehensive capital markets solutions, including advisory, capital raising, and financial risk management, with the goal of serving the needs of both public and private companies in the Wholesale segment and PWM business. Investment Banking and Corporate Banking teams within CIB serve clients across the nation, offering a full suite of traditional banking and investment banking products and services to companies with annual revenues typically greater than $150 million. Investment Banking serves select industry segments including consumer and retail, energy, technology, financial services, healthcare, industrials, and media and communications. Corporate Banking serves clients across diversified industry sectors based on size, complexity, and frequency of capital markets issuance. Also managed within CIB is the Equipment Finance Group, which provides lease financing solutions (through SunTrust Equipment Finance & Leasing).
•
Commercial & Business Banking offers an array of traditional banking products, including lending, cash management and investment banking solutions via STRH to commercial clients (generally clients with revenues between $1 million and $250 million), not-for-profit organizations, and governmental entities, as well as auto dealer financing (floor plan inventory financing).
•
Commercial Real Estate provides a full range of financial solutions for commercial real estate developers, owners, and operators, including construction, mini-perm, and permanent real estate financing, as well as tailored financing and equity investment solutions via STRH. Commercial Real Estate also provides multi-family agency lending and servicing, as well as loan administration, advisory, and commercial mortgage brokerage services via Pillar. The Institutional Property Group business targets relationships with REITs, pension fund advisors, private funds, homebuilders, and insurance companies and the Regional business focuses on private real estate owners and developers through a regional delivery structure. Commercial Real Estate also offers tailored financing and equity investment solutions for community development and affordable housing projects through STCC, with

62
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



particular expertise in Low Income Housing Tax Credits and New Market Tax Credits.
•
Treasury & Payment Solutions provides Wholesale clients with services required to manage their payments and receipts, combined with the ability to manage and optimize their deposits across all aspects of their business. Treasury & Payment Solutions operates all electronic and paper payment types, including card, wire transfer, ACH, check, and cash. It also provides clients the means to manage their accounts electronically online, both domestically and internationally.

Corporate Other includes management of the Company’s investment securities portfolio, long-term debt, end user derivative instruments, short-term liquidity and funding activities, balance sheet risk management, and most real estate assets. Corporate Other also includes the Company's functional activities such as marketing, SunTrust online, human resources, finance, ER, legal and compliance, communications, procurement, enterprise information services, corporate real estate, and executive management. Additionally, the results of PAC were reported previously in the Wholesale segment and were reclassified to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale segment results excluding PAC. See Note 2, "Acquisitions/Dispositions," to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the sale of PAC in December 2017.
Because business segment results are presented based on management accounting practices, the transition to the consolidated results prepared under U.S. GAAP creates certain differences, which are reflected in reconciling items. Business segment reporting conventions are described below:
•
Net interest income-FTE – is reconciled from Net interest income and is grossed-up on an FTE basis to make income from tax-exempt assets comparable to other taxable products. Segment results reflect matched maturity funds transfer pricing, which ascribes credits or charges based on the economic value or cost created by assets and liabilities of each segment. Differences between these credits and charges are captured as reconciling items. The change in this
 
variance is generally attributable to corporate balance sheet management strategies.
•
Provision for credit losses – represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to each segment's quarterly change in the ALLL and unfunded commitments reserve balances.
•
Noninterest income – includes federal and state tax credits that are grossed-up on a pre-tax equivalent basis, related primarily to certain community development investments.
•
Provision for income taxes-FTE – is calculated using a blended income tax rate for each segment and includes reversals of the tax adjustments and credits described above. The difference between the calculated provision for income taxes at the segment level and the consolidated provision for income taxes is reported as reconciling items.
The segment’s financial performance is comprised of direct financial results and allocations for various corporate functions that provide management an enhanced view of the segment’s financial performance. Internal allocations include the following:
•
Operational costs – expenses are charged to segments based on an activity-based costing process, which also allocates residual expenses to the segments. Generally, recoveries of these costs are reported in Corporate Other.
•
Support and overhead costs – expenses not directly attributable to a specific segment are allocated based on various drivers (number of equivalent employees, number of PCs/laptops, net revenue, etc.). Recoveries for these allocations are reported in Corporate Other.
The application and development of management reporting methodologies is an active process and undergoes periodic enhancements. The implementation of these enhancements to the internal management reporting methodology may materially affect the results disclosed for each segment, with no impact on consolidated results. If significant changes to management reporting methodologies take place, the impact of these changes is quantified and prior period information is revised, when practicable.




63
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer
 
Wholesale
 
Corporate Other
 
Reconciling
Items
 
Consolidated
Balance Sheets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average LHFI

$74,093

 

$68,741

 

$90

 

($4
)
 

$142,920

Average consumer and commercial deposits
103,099

 
56,050

 
204

 
(184
)
 
159,169

Average total assets
83,716

 
82,472

 
35,489

 
2,455

 
204,132

Average total liabilities
103,925

 
61,902

 
13,877

 
(177
)
 
179,527

Average total equity
—

 
—

 
—

 
24,605

 
24,605

Statements of Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$961

 

$563

 

($28
)
 

($55
)
 

$1,441

FTE adjustment
—

 
20

 
1

 
(1
)
 
20

Net interest income-FTE 1
961

 
583

 
(27
)
 
(56
)
 
1,461

Provision/(benefit) for credit losses 2
60

 
(32
)
 
—

 
—

 
28

Net interest income after provision/(benefit) for credit losses-FTE
901

 
615

 
(27
)
 
(56
)
 
1,433

Total noninterest income
443

 
371

 
14

 
(32
)
 
796

Total noninterest expense
966

 
477

 
(21
)
 
(5
)
 
1,417

Income before provision for income taxes-FTE
378

 
509

 
8

 
(83
)
 
812

Provision for income taxes-FTE 3
83

 
119

 
9

 
(44
)
 
167

Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest
295

 
390

 
(1
)
 
(39
)
 
645

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
—

 
—

 
2

 
—

 
2

Net income

$295

 

$390

 

($3
)
 

($39
)
 

$643

1 Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.
2 Provision/(benefit) for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision/(benefit) attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.
3 Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.

 
  Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 1, 2
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer
 
Wholesale
 
Corporate Other
 
Reconciling
Items
 
Consolidated
Balance Sheets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average LHFI

$71,147

 

$71,237

 

$1,286

 

$—

 

$143,670

Average consumer and commercial deposits
101,941

 
56,866

 
117

 
(50
)
 
158,874

Average total assets
81,265

 
84,632

 
35,241

 
3,114

 
204,252

Average total liabilities
102,896

 
62,512

 
15,196

 
(23
)
 
180,581

Average total equity
—

 
—

 
—

 
23,671

 
23,671

Statements of Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$894

 

$527

 

$26

 

($81
)
 

$1,366

FTE adjustment
—

 
34

 
1

 
(1
)
 
34

Net interest income-FTE 3
894

 
561

 
27

 
(82
)
 
1,400

Provision for credit losses 4
88

 
32

 
—

 
(1
)
 
119

Net interest income after provision for credit losses-FTE
806

 
529

 
27

 
(81
)
 
1,281

Total noninterest income
464

 
401

 
24

 
(42
)
 
847

Total noninterest expense
992

 
479

 
(2
)
 
(4
)
 
1,465

Income before provision for income taxes-FTE
278

 
451

 
53

 
(119
)
 
663

Provision for income taxes-FTE 5
100

 
168

 
(6
)
 
(69
)
 
193

Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest
178

 
283

 
59

 
(50
)
 
470

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
—

 
—

 
2

 
—

 
2

Net income

$178

 

$283

 

$57

 

($50
)
 

$468

1 Beginning in the second quarter of 2017, the Company realigned its business segment structure from three segments to two segments. Specifically, the Company retained the previous composition of the Wholesale Banking segment and changed the basis of presentation of the Consumer Banking and Private Wealth Management segment and Mortgage Banking segment such that those segments were combined into a single Consumer segment. Accordingly, business segment information presented for the three months ended March 31, 2017 has been revised to conform to the new business segment structure and updated internal funds transfer pricing methodology for consistent presentation.
2 During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company sold PAC, the results of which were previously reported within the Wholesale business segment. For all periods prior to January 1, 2018, PAC's financial results, including the gain on sale, have been transferred to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale business segment excluding PAC.
3 Presented on a matched maturity funds transfer price basis for the segments.
4 Provision for credit losses represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to quarterly changes in the ALLL and unfunded commitment reserve balances.
5 Includes regular provision for income taxes as well as FTE income and tax credit adjustment reversals.

64
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), continued



NOTE 19 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Changes in the components of AOCI, net of tax, are presented in the following table:
(Dollars in millions)
Securities AFS
 
Derivative Instruments
 
Brokered Time Deposits
 
Long-Term Debt
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
Total
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, beginning of period

($1
)
 

($244
)
 

($1
)
 

($4
)
 

($570
)
 

($820
)
Cumulative effect adjustment related to ASU adoption 1
30

 
(56
)
 
—

 
(1
)
 
(127
)
 
(154
)
Net unrealized (losses)/gains arising during the period
(424
)
 
(125
)
 
1

 
2

 
(5
)
 
(551
)
Amounts reclassified to net income
(1
)
 
1

 
—

 
—

 
3

 
3

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax
(425
)
 
(124
)
 
1

 
2

 
(2
)
 
(548
)
Balance, end of period

($396
)
 

($424
)
 

$—

 

($3
)
 

($699
)
 

($1,522
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, beginning of period

($62
)
 

($157
)
 

($1
)
 

($7
)
 

($594
)


($821
)
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period
2

 
(16
)
 
—

 
(1
)
 
(9
)
 
(24
)
Amounts reclassified to net income
—

 
(26
)
 
—

 
—

 
4

 
(22
)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
2

 
(42
)
 
—

 
(1
)
 
(5
)
 
(46
)
Balance, end of period

($60
)
 

($199
)
 

($1
)
 

($8
)
 

($599
)
 

($867
)
1 Related to the Company's adoption of ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2018. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," for additional information.


Reclassifications from AOCI to Net income, and the related tax effects, are presented in the following table:
(Dollars in millions)
 
Three Months Ended March 31
Impacted Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income
Details About AOCI Components
 
2018
 
2017
 
Securities AFS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized gains on securities AFS
 

($1
)
 

$—

 
Net securities gains
Tax effect
 
—

 
—

 
Provision for income taxes
 
 
(1
)
 
—

 
 
Derivative Instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized losses/(gains) on cash flow hedges
 
1

 
(41
)
 
Interest and fees on loans held for investment
Tax effect
 
—

 
15

 
Provision for income taxes
 
 
1

 
(26
)
 
 
Employee Benefit Plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service credit
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
Employee benefits
Amortization of actuarial loss
 
6

 
6

 
Employee benefits
 
 
4

 
5

 
 
Tax effect
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
Provision for income taxes
 
 
3

 
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total reclassifications from AOCI to net income
 

$3



($22
)
 
 

65

Item 2.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

Important Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements
This Quarterly Report contains forward-looking statements. Statements regarding: (i) future levels of net interest margin, tangible efficiency, the net charge-off ratio, the ALLL, hurricane-related losses, capital returns, costs associated with ongoing identity protection services offered to Consumer clients, our capital ratios, share repurchases, and investment banking income; (ii) tangible efficiency ratio goals; (iii) future economic growth and investment and their impact on lending activity; (iv) continued migration towards higher cost deposit products; (v) future interest rates and their effect on deposit products chosen by our customers; (vi) our ability to absorb costs associated with ongoing identity protection services offered to Consumer clients in our normal course of business; (vii) continued increases in capital returns to our shareholders; (viii) plans to merge our STM and Bank entities; (ix) the asset sensitivity of our balance sheet and our exposure to interest rate risk in future periods; (x) the future success of capital markets; (xi) the estimated impact of proposed regulatory capital rules; (xii) future changes in the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio; (xiii) future impacts of ASUs not yet adopted; (xiv) future impacts of liabilities arising from legal claims; and (xv) future credit ratings and outlook, are forward-looking statements. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “target,” “forecast,” “future,” “strategy,” “goal,” “initiative,” “plan,” “opportunity,” “potentially,” “probably,” “project,” “outlook,” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.” Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on information currently available to management. They speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update the statements made herein or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events.
Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in Part I, Item 1A., "Risk Factors" in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K and also include risks discussed in this Quarterly Report and in other periodic reports that we file with the SEC. Such factors include: current and future legislation and regulation could require us to change our business practices, reduce revenue, impose additional costs, or otherwise adversely affect business operations or competitiveness; we are subject to stringent capital adequacy and liquidity requirements and our failure to meet these would adversely affect our financial condition; the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our earnings; our financial results have been, and may continue to be, materially affected by general economic
 
conditions, and a deterioration of economic conditions or of the financial markets may materially adversely affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and condition; changes in market interest rates or capital markets could adversely affect our revenue and expenses, the value of assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; interest rates on our outstanding financial instruments might be subject to change based on regulatory developments, which could adversely affect our revenue, expenses, and the value of those financial instruments; our earnings may be affected by volatility in mortgage production and servicing revenues, and by changes in carrying values of our servicing assets and mortgages held for sale due to changes in interest rates; disruptions in our ability to access global capital markets may adversely affect our capital resources and liquidity; we are subject to credit risk; we may have more credit risk and higher credit losses to the extent that our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral; we rely on the mortgage secondary market and GSEs for some of our liquidity; loss of customer deposits could increase our funding costs; any reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from the capital markets; we are subject to litigation, and our expenses related to this litigation may adversely affect our results; we may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations; we are subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgages, and may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, or borrower fraud, and this could harm our liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition; we face risks as a servicer of loans; consumers and small businesses may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could affect net income; we have businesses other than banking which subject us to a variety of risks; negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact business and revenues; we may face more intense scrutiny of our sales, training, and incentive compensation practices; we rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure; competition in the financial services industry is intense and we could lose business or suffer margin declines as a result; we continually encounter technological change and must effectively develop and implement new technology; maintaining or increasing market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services; we have in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, which could affect costs and from which we may not be able to realize anticipated benefits; we depend on the expertise of key personnel, and if these individuals leave or change their roles without effective replacements, operations may suffer; we may not be able to hire or retain additional qualified personnel and recruiting and compensation costs may increase as a result of turnover, both of which may increase costs and reduce profitability and may adversely impact our ability to implement our business

66

strategies; our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us; our controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud; we are at risk of increased losses from fraud; our operational and communications systems and infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if successful, could adversely affect our business and disrupt business continuity; a disruption, breach, or failure in the operational systems and infrastructure of our third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could adversely affect our business; natural disasters and other catastrophic events could have a material adverse impact on our operations or our financial condition and results; the soundness of other
 
financial institutions could adversely affect us; we depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties; our accounting policies and processes are critical to how we report our financial condition and results of operation, and they require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain; depressed market values for our stock and adverse economic conditions sustained over a period of time may require us to write down all or some portion of our goodwill; our stock price can be volatile; we might not pay dividends on our stock; our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries or other investments could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends; and certain banking laws and certain provisions of our articles of incorporation may have an anti-takeover effect.


INTRODUCTION
We are a leading provider of financial services, with our headquarters located in Atlanta, Georgia. Our principal subsidiary, SunTrust Bank, offers a full line of financial services for consumers, businesses, corporations, institutions, and not-for-profit entities, both through its branches (located primarily in Florida, Georgia, Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Maryland, South Carolina, and the District of Columbia) and through other national delivery channels. In addition to deposit, credit, and trust and investment services offered by the Bank, our other subsidiaries provide capital markets, mortgage banking, securities brokerage, investment banking, and wealth management services. We operate two business segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. See Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for a description of our business segments.
This MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of this Form 10-Q, as well as other information contained in this document and in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K. When
 
we refer to “SunTrust,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” in this report, we mean SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
In the MD&A, consistent with SEC guidance in Industry Guide 3 that contemplates the calculation of tax exempt income on a tax equivalent basis, we present net interest income, net interest margin, total revenue, and efficiency ratios on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of net interest income from certain loans and investments using a federal tax rate of 21% for all periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and 35% for all periods prior to January 1, 2018, as well as state income taxes, where applicable, to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. We believe this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and that it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. Additionally, we present other non-U.S. GAAP metrics to assist investors in understanding management’s view of particular financial measures, as well as to align presentation of these financial measures with peers in the industry who may also provide a similar presentation. Reconcilements for all non-U.S. GAAP measures are provided in Table 19.


67

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
Financial Performance
We delivered strong year-over-year EPS growth in the first quarter of 2018, resulting from strong asset quality, increased net interest income, improved operating efficiency, and a reduction to the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. Total revenue for the first quarter of 2018 increased slightly compared to the first quarter of 2017, as higher net interest income was largely offset by lower noninterest income.
Net interest income increased 4% relative to the first quarter of 2017 due to net interest margin expansion. Noninterest income decreased $51 million, or 6%, compared to the first quarter of 2017, driven largely by lower capital markets-related income, mortgage-related income, and client transaction-related fees, offset partially by higher other noninterest income and modest improvements in other fee categories.
Our net interest margin increased 15 basis points compared to the first quarter of 2017. This increase was driven by a 32 basis point increase in average earning asset yields arising from higher benchmark interest rates, higher securities AFS yields given lower premium amortization expense, and positive mix shift in the LHFI portfolio. We expect net interest margin to increase one to three basis points in the second quarter of 2018 compared to the first quarter of 2018, largely as a result of the rate hike in March 2018. See additional discussion related to revenue, noninterest income, and net interest income and margin in the "Noninterest Income" and "Net Interest Income/Margin" sections of this MD&A. Also in this MD&A, see Table 11, "Net Interest Income Asset Sensitivity," for an analysis of potential changes in net interest income due to instantaneous moves in benchmark interest rates.
Noninterest expense decreased $48 million, or 3%, compared to the first quarter of 2017, driven primarily by lower operating losses and ongoing efficiency initiatives. The reduction in operating losses was driven by a net benefit of $10 million related to the progression of certain legal matters, in addition to below average fraud losses. Other noninterest expense decreased due to elevated efficiency-related charges recognized in the first quarter of 2017, including higher branch closure and severance costs. In addition, our FDIC premiums have been declining over the past few quarters as a result of our improved financial position. Though our expense base has and will vary from quarter to quarter, we remain focused on managing our expenses to provide funding for investments in talent, technology, and improved product offerings. See additional discussion related to noninterest expense in the "Noninterest Expense" section of this MD&A.
For the first quarter of 2018, our efficiency and tangible efficiency ratios were 62.8% and 62.1%, compared to 65.2% and 64.6% for the same period in 2017, respectively. Our efficiency progress keeps us on track to meet our goal of a tangible efficiency ratio of between 60% and 61% for 2018 and below 60% for 2019. See Table 19, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information regarding, and a reconciliation of, our tangible efficiency ratio.
Overall asset quality metrics were strong during the first quarter of 2018, evidenced by our 0.22% annualized net charge-off ratio and 0.50% NPL ratio. These low levels reflect the
 
relative strength across our LHFI portfolio, particularly in C&I, though we recognize that there could be variability and normalization moving forward. Overall, we expect to operate within a net charge-off ratio of between 25 and 35 basis points for the remainder of 2018 and we expect the ALLL ratio to decline modestly if current asset quality conditions are sustained. See additional discussion of our credit and asset quality, in the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A.
Average LHFI for the first quarter of 2018 totaled $142.9 billion, down $750 million compared to the first quarter of 2017, driven largely by the sale of PAC in December 2017 as well as by declines in average home equity products and commercial construction loans, offset in part by growth across most consumer lending categories. We believe that tax reform, client optimism, and a generally positive economic backdrop will drive increased investment and growth, which will lead to increased lending activity. Overall, we are well positioned to meet our clients' needs, whether through lending, capital markets, or other solutions. See additional loan discussions in the “Loans,” “Nonperforming Assets,” and "Net Interest Income/Margin" sections of this MD&A.
Average consumer and commercial deposits remained stable compared to the first quarter of 2017, as our clients migrated from money market accounts and demand deposits to CDs and NOW accounts, and we expect the migration towards higher cost deposit products to continue as interest rates rise. Rates paid on our interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased 17 basis points compared to the first quarter of 2017 in response to rising benchmark interest rates. Our access to low-cost funding has enabled us to prudently manage our funding base, and our rate discipline on deposits resulted in approximately 20% realized interest-bearing deposit beta in the first quarter of 2018. We remain focused on maximizing the value proposition of deposits for our clients, outside of rate paid, by meeting more of our clients’ needs through strategic investments in talent and technology. See additional discussion regarding average deposits in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" and "Deposits" sections of this MD&A.
In April 2018, we announced an investigation of a theft by a former employee of information from some of our contact lists. Although the investigation is ongoing, we are proactively notifying approximately 1.5 million clients that certain information, such as name, address, phone number, and certain account balances may have been exposed. The contact lists did not include personally identifying information, such as social security number, account number, PIN, user ID, password, or driver’s license information. We are working with outside experts and coordinating with law enforcement on this matter, and we have not identified significant fraudulent activity to date as a result of the potential theft. We have also heightened our monitoring of accounts and increased other related security measures. That said, we are guided by our purpose of Lighting The Way To Financial Well-Being and this applies to our clients’ information security as well. For this reason, we have offered a broad set of ongoing identity protection services to all Consumer

68

clients free-of-charge, and we expect to be able to absorb the modest costs for these services in our normal course of business.
Capital and Liquidity
Our capital ratios continue to be well above regulatory requirements. Our CET1 ratio increased to 9.84% at March 31, 2018, a 10 basis point improvement compared to December 31, 2017, driven primarily by strong growth in retained earnings, offset partially by an increase in treasury stock. Our Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios declined compared to December 31, 2017, due to the impact of our previously announced redemption of all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock in March 2018. Additionally, our book value and tangible book value per common share both decreased 2% compared to December 31, 2017, driven primarily by a higher accumulated other comprehensive loss, offset partially by growth in retained earnings. See additional details related to our capital in Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Also see Table 19, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information regarding, and a reconciliation of, tangible book value per common share.
During the first quarter of 2018, we repurchased $330 million of our outstanding common stock as part of our 2017 capital plan. In April 2018, we repurchased an additional $330 million of our common stock at market value, which completed our $1.32 billion common equity repurchases as approved by the Board in conjunction with the 2017 capital plan. Also, in April 2018 we submitted our 2018 capital plan to the Federal Reserve for review in conjunction with the 2018 CCAR, and we anticipate receiving feedback in June 2018 regarding this submission. Our strong capital position, particularly in the context of our risk profile, combined with additional capital optimization, should allow us to continue to increase capital returns to our shareholders. See additional details related to our capital actions and share repurchases in the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A and in Part II, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q.
Business Segments Highlights
Consumer
Consumer continues to deliver healthy overall business and revenue momentum. Net interest income increased $67 million, or 7%, compared to the first quarter of 2017, resulting from solid loan growth, continued balance sheet optimization, and wider deposit spreads. The average balance of our LHFI portfolio increased 4% compared to the first quarter of 2017. Noninterest income decreased 5% compared to the first quarter of 2017, due primarily to lower mortgage-related income, as a result of lower production volume and reduced gain on sale margins. We are
 
demonstrating positive underlying trends within PWM, with assets under management increasing by 7% year-over-year. Wealth management-related noninterest income increased 3% year-over-year, slower than the growth rate in assets under management given mix shift and competition. Our value proposition for our targeted client segments is resonating in the marketplace, driving growth in new clients and deepening relationships with existing clients. Noninterest expense decreased $26 million, or 3%, compared to the first quarter of 2017 as a result of the actions we took in 2017 to improve our efficiency and effectiveness. Our branch count is down 6%, which is largely enabled by our improving digital adoption rates. We are making strides in improving efficiency while still investing in technology and revenue growth opportunities. We plan to merge our STM and Bank entities in the third quarter of 2018. We have received conditional regulatory approval for the merger, which is subject to final approval from the appropriate regulatory authorities once certain merger transaction documents have been executed. These entities are both part of the Consumer segment, and the merged entity would remain within Consumer and conduct operations under the Bank’s name and charter. See Note 18, “Business Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.

Wholesale
Wholesale revenue decreased $8 million, or 1%, compared to first quarter of 2017 due primarily to decreases in noninterest income, offset partially by increases in net interest income. Net interest income increased 4% compared to the first quarter of 2017 as a result of improved spreads on deposits, offset partially by declines in loan and deposit volume. Noninterest income decreased 7%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. The decrease was driven largely by lower investment banking income as a result of declines in debt capital markets activity and a decrease in tax credits driven by the lower effective tax rate. Overall, while market conditions can drive quarterly variability, we continued to be encouraged by our momentum in capital markets and believe that we are uniquely positioned to succeed in this space, given our full set of capabilities and our OneTeam approach.
Additional information related to our business segments can be found in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, and further discussion of our business segment results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 can be found in the "Business Segment Results" section of this MD&A.


69

Consolidated Daily Average Balances, Income/Expense, and Average Yields Earned/Rates Paid
 
Table 1
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
(Decrease)/Increase
 
March 31, 2018
 
March 31, 2017
 
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balances
 
Income/
Expense
 
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
 
Income/
Expense
 
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
 
Yields/
Rates
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LHFI: 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&I

$66,269

 

$588

 
3.60
%
 

$69,076

 

$554

 
3.25
%
 

($2,807
)
 
0.35

CRE
5,201

 
49

 
3.84

 
5,038

 
39

 
3.18

 
163

 
0.66

Commercial construction
3,749

 
40

 
4.27

 
4,076

 
34

 
3.39

 
(327
)
 
0.88

Residential mortgages - guaranteed
637

 
5

 
3.12

 
567

 
4

 
3.07

 
70

 
0.05

Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
26,863

 
254

 
3.79

 
25,918

 
247

 
3.80

 
945

 
(0.01
)
Residential home equity products
10,243

 
116

 
4.60

 
11,466

 
116

 
4.10

 
(1,223
)
 
0.50

Residential construction
261

 
3

 
4.47

 
385

 
4

 
4.04

 
(124
)
 
0.43

Consumer student - guaranteed
6,655

 
78

 
4.76

 
6,278

 
65

 
4.20

 
377

 
0.56

Consumer other direct
8,804

 
110

 
5.08

 
7,819

 
97

 
5.02

 
985

 
0.06

Consumer indirect
12,001

 
108

 
3.63

 
10,847

 
92

 
3.43

 
1,154

 
0.20

Consumer credit cards
1,526

 
43

 
11.26

 
1,369

 
33

 
9.79

 
157

 
1.47

Nonaccrual 2
711

 
4

 
2.25

 
831

 
4

 
2.03

 
(120
)
 
0.22

Total LHFI
142,920

 
1,398

 
3.97

 
143,670

 
1,289

 
3.64

 
(750
)
 
0.33

Securities AFS: 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
30,849

 
201

 
2.61

 
29,965

 
180

 
2.40

 
884

 
0.21

Tax-exempt
628

 
5

 
2.98

 
286

 
2

 
3.04

 
342

 
(0.06
)
Total securities AFS
31,477

 
206

 
2.62

 
30,251

 
182

 
2.41

 
1,226

 
0.21

Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
1,334

 
4

 
1.18

 
1,236

 
1

 
0.33

 
98

 
0.85

LHFS
2,025

 
21

 
4.12

 
2,611

 
24

 
3.71

 
(586
)
 
0.41

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
25

 
—

 
1.85

 
25

 
—

 
0.64

 
—

 
1.21

Interest earning trading assets
4,564

 
34

 
3.05

 
5,188

 
27

 
2.09

 
(624
)
 
0.96

Other earning assets 3
529

 
5

 
3.50

 
625

 
5

 
2.93

 
(96
)
 
0.57

Total earning assets
182,874

 
1,668

 
3.70

 
183,606

 
1,528

 
3.38

 
(732
)
 
0.32

ALLL
(1,726
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,700
)
 
 
 
 
 
26

 
 
Cash and due from banks
5,329

 
 
 
 
 
5,556

 
 
 
 
 
(227
)
 
 
Other assets
17,256

 
 
 
 
 
15,952

 
 
 
 
 
1,304

 
 
Noninterest earning trading assets and derivative instruments
772

 
 
 
 
 
888

 
 
 
 
 
(116
)
 
 
Unrealized (losses)/gains on securities AFS, net
(373
)
 
 
 
 
 
(50
)
 
 
 
 
 
(323
)
 
 
Total assets

$204,132

 
 
 
 
 

$204,252

 
 
 
 
 

($120
)
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW accounts

$46,590

 

$45

 
0.39
%
 

$44,745

 

$23

 
0.21
%
 

$1,845

 
0.18

Money market accounts
50,543

 
48

 
0.39

 
54,902

 
34

 
0.25

 
(4,359
)
 
0.14

Savings
6,587

 
—

 
0.02

 
6,415

 
—

 
0.02

 
172

 
—

Consumer time
6,085

 
13

 
0.87

 
5,487

 
9

 
0.69

 
598

 
0.18

Other time
7,026

 
22

 
1.25

 
4,232

 
10

 
0.97

 
2,794

 
0.28

Total interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits
116,831

 
128

 
0.44

 
115,781

 
76

 
0.27

 
1,050

 
0.17

Brokered time deposits
1,006

 
3

 
1.35

 
917

 
3

 
1.28

 
89

 
0.07

Foreign deposits
51

 
—

 
1.42

 
678

 
1

 
0.66

 
(627
)
 
0.76

Total interest-bearing deposits
117,888

 
131

 
0.45

 
117,376

 
80

 
0.28

 
512

 
0.17

Funds purchased
876

 
3

 
1.45

 
872

 
1

 
0.65

 
4

 
0.80

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,595

 
5

 
1.39

 
1,715

 
3

 
0.61

 
(120
)
 
0.78

Interest-bearing trading liabilities
1,110

 
8

 
2.84

 
1,002

 
6

 
2.61

 
108

 
0.23

Other short-term borrowings
2,084

 
6

 
1.11

 
1,753

 
2

 
0.49

 
331

 
0.62

Long-term debt
10,506

 
74

 
2.84

 
11,563

 
70

 
2.45

 
(1,057
)
 
0.39

Total interest-bearing liabilities
134,059

 
227

 
0.69

 
134,281

 
162

 
0.49

 
(222
)
 
0.20

Noninterest-bearing deposits
42,338

 
 
 
 
 
43,093

 
 
 
 
 
(755
)
 
 
Other liabilities
2,499

 
 
 
 
 
2,860

 
 
 
 
 
(361
)
 
 
Noninterest-bearing trading liabilities and derivative instruments
631

 
 
 
 
 
347

 
 
 
 
 
284

 
 
Shareholders’ equity
24,605

 
 
 
 
 
23,671

 
 
 
 
 
934

 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$204,132

 
 
 
 
 

$204,252

 
 
 
 
 

($120
)
 
 
Interest rate spread
 
 
 
 
3.01
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.89
%
 
 
 
0.12

Net interest income 4
 
 

$1,441

 
 
 
 
 

$1,366

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income-FTE 4, 5
 
 

$1,461

 
 
 
 
 

$1,400

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin 6
 
 
 
 
3.20
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.02
%
 
 
 
0.18

Net interest margin-FTE 5, 6
 
 
 
 
3.24

 
 
 
 
 
3.09

 
 
 
0.15

1 Interest income includes loan fees of $39 million and $45 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
2 Income on consumer and residential nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recognized on a cash basis.
3 Beginning January 1, 2018, we began presenting certain equity securities previously presented in securities available for sale as other earning assets. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, these equity securities have been reclassified to other earning assets for comparability.  
4 Derivative instruments employed to manage our interest rate sensitivity decreased Net interest income by $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and increased Net interest income by $46 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.  
5 See Table 19, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information and reconciliations of non-U.S. GAAP performance measures. Approximately 95% of the total FTE adjustment for both the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was attributed to C&I loans.
6 Net interest margin is calculated by dividing annualized net interest income by average total earning assets.

70

NET INTEREST INCOME/MARGIN (FTE)
Net interest income was $1.5 billion in the first quarter of 2018, an increase of $61 million, or 4%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. Net interest margin for the first quarter of 2018 increased 15 basis points, to 3.24%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. The increase was driven by a 32 basis point increase in average earning asset yields arising from higher benchmark interest rates, higher securities AFS yields given lower premium amortization expense, and positive mix shift in the LHFI portfolio. Specifically, average LHFI yields increased 33 basis points, driven by increases in yields across all commercial loan categories as well as most consumer loan categories. In addition, yields on securities AFS increased 21 basis points due to lower premium amortization, higher interest rates, and shifts in the portfolio mix. These increases were offset partially by higher rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities.
Rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities increased 20 basis points compared to the first quarter of 2017, driven primarily by increases in rates paid across all deposit categories as well as rates paid on short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Compared to the first quarter of 2017, the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased 17 basis points. Looking to the second quarter of 2018, we expect net interest margin to increase one to three basis points compared to the first quarter of 2018, largely as a result of the rate hike in March 2018.
Average earning assets decreased $732 million, compared to the first quarter of 2017, driven primarily by a $750 million, or 1%, decrease in average LHFI, a $586 million, or 22%, decrease in LHFS, and a $624 million, or 12%, decrease in average interest earning trading assets. These decreases were offset partially by a $1.2 billion, or 4%, increase in average securities AFS. The decrease in average LHFI was driven largely by the sale of PAC in December 2017 as well as by declines in average home equity products and commercial construction loans. These decreases were offset largely by increases in nonguaranteed residential mortgages, consumer other direct, and consumer indirect. See the "Loans" section in this MD&A for additional discussion regarding loan activity.
Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $222 million, compared to the first quarter of 2017, due primarily to declines in money market accounts, long-term debt, and foreign deposits, offset largely by increases across most consumer and commercial deposits and other short-term borrowings. Average interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased $1.1 billion, or 1%, compared to the first quarter of 2017, due primarily to growth in time account and NOW balances resulting
 
from continued success in deepening and growing client relationships. These increases were largely offset by declines in money market accounts. Average long-term debt decreased $1.1 billion, or 9%, compared to the first quarter of 2017, due primarily to terminations and maturities of long-term FHLB advances in the second half of 2017, offset partially by our first quarter of 2018 issuances of $500 million of 5-year fixed rate senior notes and $750 million of 3-year fixed-to floating rate senior notes under our Global Bank Note program. See the "Borrowings" section of this MD&A for additional information regarding our short-term borrowings and long-term debt.
We utilize interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. These instruments are primarily receive-fixed, pay-variable swaps that synthetically convert a portion of our commercial loan portfolio from floating rates, based on LIBOR, to fixed rates. At March 31, 2018, the outstanding notional balance of active swaps that qualified as cash flow hedges on variable rate commercial loans was $11.6 billion, compared to $12.1 billion at December 31, 2017, respectively.
In addition to the income recognized from active swaps, we recognize interest income from terminated swaps that were previously designated as cash flow hedges on variable rate commercial loans. Interest expense from our commercial loan swaps was $1 million during the first quarter of 2018, compared to income of $41 million during the first quarter of 2017 due primarily to a decrease in the notional balance of qualifying swaps and an increase in LIBOR. As we manage our interest rate risk we may continue to purchase additional and/or terminate existing interest rate swaps.
Remaining swaps on commercial loans have maturities through 2023 and have an average maturity of 3.6 years at March 31, 2018. The weighted average rate on the receive-fixed rate leg of the commercial loan swap portfolio was 1.55%, and the weighted average rate on the pay-variable leg was 1.88%, at March 31, 2018.

Foregone Interest
Foregone interest income from NPLs reduced net interest margin by two basis points for both the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. See additional discussion of our expectations of future credit quality in the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A. In addition, Table 1 in this MD&A contain more detailed information regarding average balances, yields earned, rates paid, and associated impacts on net interest income.


71

NONINTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 2

 
Three Months Ended March 31
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
2017
 
 % Change 1
Service charges on deposit accounts

$146

 

$148

 
(1
)%
Other charges and fees
87

 
95

 
(8
)
Card fees
81

 
82

 
(1
)
Investment banking income
131

 
167

 
(22
)
Trading income
42

 
51

 
(18
)
Trust and investment management income
75

 
75

 
—

Retail investment services
72

 
68

 
6

Mortgage servicing related income
54

 
58

 
(7
)
Mortgage production related income
36

 
53

 
(32
)
Commercial real estate related income
23

 
20

 
15

Net securities gains
1

 
—

 
NM

Other noninterest income
48

 
30

 
60

Total noninterest income

$796

 

$847

 
(6
)%
1 “NM” - Not meaningful. Those changes over 100 percent were not considered to be meaningful.


Noninterest income decreased $51 million, or 6%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This decrease was driven by lower capital markets-related income, mortgage-related income, and client transaction-related fees, offset partially by higher other noninterest income and modest improvements in other fee categories.
Client transaction-related fees, which include service charges on deposit accounts, other charges and fees, and card fees, decreased $11 million, or 3%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This decrease was due primarily to the impact of our adoption of the revenue recognition accounting standard on January 1, 2018, which resulted in the netting of certain expense items that were previously recognized in noninterest expense against client transaction-related fee income. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding our adoption of this accounting standard.
Investment banking income decreased $36 million, or 22%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This decrease was due primarily to declines in syndicated and leveraged finance activity compared to the record performance in the prior year quarter. Looking to the second quarter of 2018, we expect investment banking income to demonstrate solid sequential quarter growth, assuming relatively stable capital market conditions.
Trading income decreased $9 million, or 18%, compared to the first quarter of 2017, due largely to lower fixed income sales and trading revenue.
 
Retail investment services income increased $4 million, or 6%, compared to the first quarter of 2017 due primarily to growth in retail brokerage managed assets.
Mortgage servicing related income decreased $4 million, or 7%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This decrease was due to lower net hedge performance and higher servicing asset decay in the first quarter of 2018, offset partially by higher servicing fee income. The UPB of mortgage loans in the servicing portfolio was $164.7 billion at March 31, 2018, compared to $164.5 billion at March 31, 2017.
Mortgage production related income decreased $17 million, or 32%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This decrease was due to lower refinancing activity and lower gain on sale margins during the first quarter of 2018. Mortgage application volume decreased 9% and closed loan volume decreased 6% compared to the first quarter of 2017.
Other noninterest income increased $18 million, or 60%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This increase was due primarily to a $23 million remeasurement gain on an equity investment following our full adoption of the recognition and measurement of financial assets accounting standard on January 1, 2018. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding our adoption of this accounting standard.


72

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 3

 
Three Months Ended March 31
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
2017
 
% Change
Employee compensation

$707

 

$717

 
(1
)%
Employee benefits
146

 
135

 
8

Total personnel expenses
853

 
852

 
—

Outside processing and software
206

 
205

 
—

Net occupancy expense
94

 
92

 
2

Marketing and customer development
41

 
42

 
(2
)
Regulatory assessments
41

 
48

 
(15
)
Equipment expense
40

 
39

 
3

Amortization
15

 
13

 
15

Operating losses
6

 
32

 
(81
)
Other noninterest expense
121

 
142

 
(15
)
Total noninterest expense

$1,417

 

$1,465

 
(3
)%

Noninterest expense decreased $48 million, or 3%, compared to the first quarter of 2017, driven primarily by lower operating losses and other noninterest expense, as well as ongoing efficiency initiatives.
Regulatory assessments expense decreased $7 million, or 15%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This decrease was driven by lower FDIC insurance premiums as a result of our improved financial position.
Amortization expense increased $2 million, or 15%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This increase was driven by an increase in our community development investments, which are amortized over the life of the related tax credits that these investments generate. See the "Community Development
 
Investments" section of Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding these investments.
Operating losses decreased $26 million, or 81%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This decrease was driven primarily by a net benefit of $10 million related to the progression of certain legal matters as well as lower fraud losses.
Other noninterest expense decreased $21 million, or 15%, compared to the first quarter of 2017. This decrease was due primarily to lower legal and consulting fees and lower branch closure and severance costs.


73

LOANS
Our disclosures about the credit quality of our loan portfolio and the related credit reserves (i) describe the nature of credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, (ii) provide information on how we analyze and assess credit risk in arriving at an adequate and appropriate ALLL, and (iii) explain changes in the ALLL as well as reasons for those changes.
Our loan portfolio consists of two loan segments: Commercial loans and Consumer loans. Loans are assigned to these segments based on the type of borrower, purpose, and/or our underlying credit management processes. Additionally, we further disaggregate each loan segment into loan types based on common characteristics within each loan segment.
Commercial Loans
C&I loans include loans to fund business operations or activities, loans secured by owner-occupied properties, corporate credit cards, and other wholesale lending activities. Commercial loans secured by owner-occupied properties are classified as C&I loans because the primary source of loan repayment for these properties is business income and not real estate operations. CRE and Commercial construction loans include investor loans where repayment is largely dependent upon the operation, refinance, or sale of the underlying real estate.

Consumer Loans
Residential mortgages, both guaranteed (by a federal agency or GSE) and nonguaranteed, consist of loans secured by 1-4 family homes; mostly prime, first-lien loans. Residential home equity products consist of equity lines of credit and closed-end equity loans secured by residential real estate that may be in either a first lien or junior lien position. Residential construction loans include residential real estate secured owner-occupied construction-to-perm loans and lot loans.
Consumer loans also include Guaranteed student loans, Indirect loans (consisting of loans secured by automobiles, boats, and recreational vehicles), Other direct loans (consisting
 
primarily of unsecured loans, direct auto loans, loans secured by negotiable collateral, and private student loans), and Credit cards.
The composition of our loan portfolio is presented in Table 4:
Loan Portfolio by Types of Loans
Table 4

(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
C&I 1

$66,321

 

$66,356

CRE
5,352

 
5,317

Commercial construction
3,651

 
3,804

Total commercial loans
75,324

 
75,477

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - guaranteed
611

 
560

Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed 2
27,165

 
27,136

Residential home equity products
10,241

 
10,626

Residential construction
256

 
298

Guaranteed student
6,693

 
6,633

Other direct
8,941

 
8,729

Indirect
11,869

 
12,140

Credit cards
1,518

 
1,582

Total consumer loans 
67,294

 
67,704

LHFI

$142,618

 

$143,181

LHFS 3

$2,377

 

$2,290

1 Includes $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion of lease financing and $788 million and $778 million of installment loans at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
2 Includes $188 million and $196 million of LHFI measured at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
3 Includes $1.4 billion and $1.6 billion of LHFS measured at fair value at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.




74

Table 5 presents our LHFI portfolio by geography (based on the U.S. Census Bureau's classifications of U.S. regions):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 5

 
March 31, 2018
 
Commercial LHFI
 
Consumer LHFI
 
Total LHFI
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
 
% of Total Commercial
 
Balance
 
% of Total Consumer
 
Balance
 
% of Total LHFI
South region:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Florida

$12,636

 
17
%
 

$13,308

 
20
%
 

$25,944

 
18
%
Georgia
9,959

 
13

 
8,444

 
13

 
18,403

 
13

Virginia
6,690

 
9

 
7,456

 
11

 
14,146

 
10

Maryland
4,312

 
6

 
6,036

 
9

 
10,348

 
7

North Carolina
4,584

 
6

 
5,314

 
8

 
9,898

 
7

Texas
3,749

 
5

 
4,152

 
6

 
7,901

 
6

Tennessee
4,173

 
6

 
2,944

 
4

 
7,117

 
5

South Carolina
1,203

 
2

 
2,360

 
4

 
3,563

 
2

District of Columbia
1,516

 
2

 
1,030

 
2

 
2,546

 
2

Other Southern states
2,422

 
3

 
2,322

 
3

 
4,744

 
3

Total South region
51,244

 
68

 
53,366

 
79

 
104,610

 
73

Northeast region:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New York
4,833

 
6

 
1,153

 
2

 
5,986

 
4

Pennsylvania
1,397

 
2

 
1,184

 
2

 
2,581

 
2

New Jersey
1,490

 
2

 
694

 
1

 
2,184

 
2

Other Northeastern states
2,527

 
3

 
877

 
1

 
3,404

 
2

Total Northeast region
10,247

 
14

 
3,908

 
6

 
14,155

 
10

West region:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
California
4,527

 
6

 
3,279

 
5

 
7,806

 
5

Other Western states
2,176

 
3

 
2,264

 
3

 
4,440

 
3

Total West region
6,703

 
9

 
5,543

 
8

 
12,246

 
9

Midwest region:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Illinois
1,778

 
2

 
952

 
1

 
2,730

 
2

Ohio
835

 
1

 
713

 
1

 
1,548

 
1

Missouri
1,034

 
1

 
404

 
1

 
1,438

 
1

Other Midwestern states
2,175

 
3

 
2,334

 
3

 
4,509

 
3

Total Midwest region
5,822

 
8

 
4,403

 
7

 
10,225

 
7

Foreign loans
1,308

 
2

 
74

 
—

 
1,382

 
1

Total

$75,324

 
100
%
 

$67,294

 
100
%
 

$142,618

 
100
%

75

 
December 31, 2017
 
Commercial LHFI
 
Consumer LHFI
 
Total LHFI
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
 
% of Total Commercial
 
Balance
 
% of Total Consumer
 
Balance
 
% of Total LHFI
South region:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Florida

$12,792

 
17
%
 

$13,474

 
20
%
 

$26,266

 
18
%
Georgia
10,250

 
14

 
8,462

 
12

 
18,712

 
13

Virginia
6,580

 
9

 
7,545

 
11

 
14,125

 
10

Maryland
4,104

 
5

 
6,095

 
9

 
10,199

 
7

North Carolina
4,482

 
6

 
5,354

 
8

 
9,836

 
7

Texas
3,954

 
5

 
4,122

 
6

 
8,076

 
6

Tennessee
4,101

 
5

 
2,985

 
4

 
7,086

 
5

South Carolina
1,155

 
2

 
2,385

 
4

 
3,540

 
2

District of Columbia
1,501

 
2

 
1,022

 
2

 
2,523

 
2

Other Southern states
2,791

 
4

 
2,452

 
4

 
5,243

 
4

Total South region
51,710

 
69

 
53,896

 
80

 
105,606

 
74

Northeast region:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New York
4,731

 
6

 
1,139

 
2

 
5,870

 
4

Pennsylvania
1,458

 
2

 
1,189

 
2

 
2,647

 
2

New Jersey
1,327

 
2

 
689

 
1

 
2,016

 
1

Other Northeastern states
2,387

 
3

 
895

 
1

 
3,282

 
2

Total Northeast region
9,903

 
13

 
3,912

 
6

 
13,815

 
10

West region:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
California
4,893

 
6

 
3,246

 
5

 
8,139

 
6

Other Western states
2,172

 
3

 
2,235

 
3

 
4,407

 
3

Total West region
7,065

 
9

 
5,481

 
8

 
12,546

 
9

Midwest region:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Illinois
1,637

 
2

 
922

 
1

 
2,559

 
2

Ohio
718

 
1

 
688

 
1

 
1,406

 
1

Missouri
922

 
1

 
395

 
1

 
1,317

 
1

Other Midwestern states
2,211

 
3

 
2,336

 
3

 
4,547

 
3

Total Midwest region
5,488

 
7

 
4,341

 
6

 
9,829

 
7

Foreign loans
1,311

 
2

 
74

 
—

 
1,385

 
1

Total

$75,477

 
100
%
 

$67,704

 
100
%
 

$143,181

 
100
%

Loans Held for Investment
LHFI totaled $142.6 billion at March 31, 2018, a decrease of $563 million from December 31, 2017, driven largely by decreases in commercial construction loans, home equity products, and consumer indirect loans, offset partially by growth in consumer other direct loans.
Average LHFI for the first quarter of 2018 totaled $142.9 billion, down $750 million compared to the first quarter of 2017, driven largely by the sale of PAC in December 2017 as well as by declines in average home equity products and commercial construction loans, offset in part by growth across most consumer lending categories. See the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A for more information regarding average loan balances.
Commercial loans decreased $153 million during the first quarter of 2018, driven by payoffs and paydowns of commercial construction loans.
Consumer loans decreased $410 million, or 1%, during the first quarter of 2018, driven by a $385 million, or 4%, decrease in residential home equity products and a $271 million, or 2%, decline in indirect loans. These decreases were offset partially by a $212 million, or 2%, increase in other direct loans during the first quarter of 2018.
At March 31, 2018, 41% of our residential home equity products were in a first lien position and 59% were in a junior lien position. For residential home equity products in a junior
 
lien position, we own or service 32% of the loans that are senior to the home equity product.
Loans Held for Sale
LHFS increased $87 million, or 4%, during the first quarter of 2018, driven by transfers of guaranteed student and residential mortgage LHFI into LHFS.
Asset Quality
Our asset quality metrics were strong during the first quarter of 2018, driven by economic growth and improved residential housing markets, evidenced by our low annualized net charge-off and NPL ratios. These low levels reflect the relative strength across our LHFI portfolio, particularly in C&I, though we recognize that there could be variability and normalization moving forward. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A for detailed information regarding our net charge-offs and NPLs.
NPAs increased $37 million, or 5%, during the first quarter of 2018, driven primarily by hurricane-related forbearance and the downgrade of one CRE borrower, offset partially by the return to accrual status of certain nonperforming home equity products. At March 31, 2018, the ratio of NPLs to period-end LHFI was 0.50%, an increase of three basis points compared to December 31, 2017.

76

Early stage delinquencies were 0.68% and 0.80% of total loans at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Early stage delinquencies, excluding government-guaranteed loans, were 0.22% and 0.32% at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The reductions in early stage delinquencies resulted primarily from improvements in consumer loans.
For first quarter of 2018 and 2017, net charge-offs totaled $79 million and $112 million, and the net charge-off ratio was 0.22% and 0.32%, respectively. The decrease in net charge-offs was driven primarily by overall asset quality improvements and lower commercial net charge-offs.
Overall, we expect to operate within a net charge-off ratio of between 25 and 35 basis points for the remainder of 2018 and we expect the ALLL ratio to decline modestly if current asset quality conditions are sustained.
 
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The allowance for credit losses consists of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. A rollforward of our allowance for credit losses and summarized credit loss experience is shown in Table 6. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," and the "Critical Accounting Policies" MD&A section of our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 7, "Allowance for Credit Losses," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for further information regarding our ALLL accounting policy, determination, and allocation.

Summary of Credit Losses Experience
 
 
 
 
Table 6

 
Three Months Ended March 31
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
2017
 
% Change 4
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
 
 
 
 
Balance - beginning of period

$1,814

 

$1,776

 
2
 %
(Benefit)/provision for unfunded commitments
(10
)
 
2

 
NM

(Benefit)/provision for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans
(16
)
 
46

 
NM

Consumer loans
54

 
71

 
(24
)
Total provision for loan losses
38

 
117

 
(68
)
Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 

Commercial loans
(23
)
 
(63
)
 
(63
)
Consumer loans
(83
)
 
(83
)
 
—

Total charge-offs
(106
)
 
(146
)
 
(27
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans
6

 
13

 
(54
)
Consumer loans
21

 
21

 
—

Total recoveries
27

 
34

 
(21
)
Net charge-offs
(79
)
 
(112
)
 
(29
)
Balance - end of period

$1,763

 

$1,783

 
(1
)%
Components:
 
 
 
 
 
ALLL

$1,694

 

$1,714

 
(1
)%
Unfunded commitments reserve 1
69

 
69

 
—

Allowance for credit losses

$1,763

 

$1,783

 
(1
)%
Average LHFI

$142,920

 

$143,670

 
(1
)%
Period-end LHFI outstanding
142,618

 
143,529

 
(1
)
Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
ALLL to period-end LHFI 2
1.19
%
 
1.20
%
 
(1
)%
ALLL to NPLs 3
2.40x

 
2.18x

 
10

Net charge-offs to total average LHFI (annualized)
0.22
%
 
0.32
%
 
(31
)
1 The unfunded commitments reserve is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
2 $188 million and $221 million of LHFI measured at fair value at March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were excluded from period-end LHFI in the calculation, as no allowance is recorded for loans measured at fair value. We believe that this presentation more appropriately reflects the relationship between the ALLL and loans that attract an allowance.
3 $5 million and $3 million of NPLs measured at fair value at March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were excluded from NPLs in the calculation, as no allowance is recorded for NPLs measured at fair value. We believe that this presentation more appropriately reflects the relationship between the ALLL and NPLs that attract an allowance.
4 "NM" - Not meaningful. Those changes over 100 percent were not considered to be meaningful.

77

Provision for Credit Losses
The total provision for credit losses includes the (benefit)/provision for loan losses and the (benefit)/provision for unfunded commitments. The provision for loan losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate an appropriate and adequate ALLL. For the first quarter of 2018, the total provision for loan losses decreased $79 million compared to the first quarter of 2017, driven primarily by lower net charge-offs and a lower ALLL.
Our quarterly review processes to determine the level of reserves and provision are informed by trends in our LHFI portfolio (including historical loss experience, expected loss calculations, delinquencies, performing status, size and composition of the loan portfolio, and concentrations within the portfolio) combined with a view on economic conditions. In addition to internal credit quality metrics, the ALLL estimate is impacted by other indicators of credit risk associated with the portfolio, such as geopolitical and economic risks, and the increasing availability of credit and resultant higher levels of leverage for consumers and commercial borrowers.








 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
ALLL by Loan Segment
 
Table 7

(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
ALLL:
 
 
 
Commercial loans

$1,068

 

$1,101

Consumer loans
626

 
634

Total

$1,694

 

$1,735

Segment ALLL as a % of total ALLL:
Commercial loans
63
%
 
63
%
Consumer loans
37

 
37

Total
100
%
 
100
%
Segment LHFI as a % of total LHFI:
Commercial loans
53
%
 
53
%
Consumer loans
47

 
47

Total
100
%
 
100
%

The ALLL decreased $41 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2017, to $1.7 billion at March 31, 2018. The decrease was due primarily to continued asset quality improvements, including an improved outlook for hurricane-related losses. The ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio (excluding loans measured at fair value) decreased two basis points from December 31, 2017, to 1.19% at March 31, 2018. The ratio of the ALLL to NPLs (excluding NPLs measured at fair value) decreased to 2.40x at March 31, 2018, compared to 2.59x at December 31, 2017, due to a decrease in the ALLL and an increase in NPLs.


78

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

Table 8 presents our NPAs:
 
 
 
 
 
Table 8

(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
% Change
Nonaccrual loans/NPLs:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
C&I

$216

 

$215

 
—
 %
CRE
46

 
24

 
92

Commercial construction
—

 
1

 
(100
)
Total commercial NPLs
262

 
240

 
9

Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed
253

 
206

 
23

Residential home equity products
169

 
203

 
(17
)
Residential construction
16

 
11

 
45

Other direct
8

 
7

 
14

Indirect
4

 
7

 
(43
)
Total consumer NPLs
450

 
434

 
4

Total nonaccrual loans/NPLs 1

$712

 

$674

 
6
 %
OREO 2

$59

 

$57

 
4
 %
Other repossessed assets
7

 
10

 
(30
)
Total NPAs

$778

 

$741

 
5
 %
Accruing LHFI past due 90 days or more

$1,348

 

$1,405

 
(4
)%
Accruing LHFS past due 90 days or more
3

 
2

 
50

TDRs:
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing restructured loans 

$2,476

 

$2,468

 
—
 %
Nonaccruing restructured loans 1
279

 
286

 
(2
)
Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
NPLs to period-end LHFI
0.50
%
 
0.47
%
 
6
 %
NPAs to period-end LHFI, OREO, and other repossessed assets
0.55

 
0.52

 
6

1 Nonaccruing restructured loans are included in total nonaccrual loans/NPLs.
2 Does not include foreclosed real estate related to loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Proceeds due from the FHA and the VA are recorded as a receivable in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until the property is conveyed and the funds are received. The receivable related to proceeds due from the FHA and the VA totaled $43 million and $45 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.


Problem loans or loans with potential weaknesses, such as nonaccrual loans, loans over 90 days past due and still accruing, and TDR loans, are disclosed in the NPA table above. Loans with known potential credit problems that may not otherwise be disclosed in this table include accruing criticized commercial loans, which are disclosed along with additional credit quality information in Note 6, “Loans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were no known significant potential problem loans that are not otherwise disclosed. See the "Critical Accounting Policies" section of our 2017 Annual Report on MD&A for additional information regarding our policy on loans classified as nonaccrual.
NPAs increased $37 million, or 5%, during first quarter of 2018, and the ratio of NPLs to period-end LHFI was 0.50% at March 31, 2018, up three basis points from December 31, 2017. These increases were driven primarily by hurricane-related forbearance on residential mortgage loans and the downgrade of one CRE borrower, offset partially by the return to accrual status of certain nonperforming home equity products.
 
Nonperforming Loans
NPLs at March 31, 2018 totaled $712 million, an increase of $38 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2017, driven primarily by an increase in CRE and residential mortgage NPLs, offset partially by a decrease in home equity NPLs.
Commercial NPLs increased $22 million, or 9%, during first quarter of 2018 driven by an increase in CRE NPLs due to the downgrade of one borrower.
Consumer NPLs increased $16 million, or 4%, from December 31, 2017, driven by an increase in residential mortgage NPLs due primarily to hurricane-related forbearance, and a slight increase in residential construction NPLs, offset partially by the return to accrual status of certain home equity products.
Interest income on consumer nonaccrual loans, if received, is recognized on a cash basis. Interest income on commercial nonaccrual loans is not generally recognized until after the principal amount has been reduced to zero. We recognized $4 million of interest income related to nonaccrual loans (which includes out-of-period interest for certain commercial

79

nonaccrual loans) during both the first quarter of 2018 and 2017. If all such loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms, estimated interest income of $11 million would have been recognized during both the first quarter of 2018 and 2017.

Other Nonperforming Assets
OREO increased $2 million, or 4%, during first quarter of 2018 to $59 million at March 31, 2018. Sales of OREO resulted in proceeds of $15 million and $12 million during the first quarter of 2018 and 2017, resulting in net gains of $3 million and $2 million, respectively, inclusive of valuation reserves.
Most of our OREO properties are located in Florida, Virginia, Maryland, and North Carolina. Residential and commercial real estate properties comprised 91% and 6%, respectively, of total OREO at March 31, 2018, with the remainder related to land. Upon foreclosure, the values of these properties were re-evaluated and, if necessary, written down to their then-current estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any further decreases in property values could result in additional losses as they are regularly revalued. See the "Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements" section within Note 16, "Fair Value Election and Measurement," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.
Gains and losses on the sale of OREO are recorded in Other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Sales of OREO and the related gains or losses are highly dependent on our disposition strategy. We are actively managing and disposing of these assets to minimize future losses and to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements.
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are included in LHFI and LHFS, and totaled $1.4 billion at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. Of these, 97% and 98% were government-guaranteed at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Accruing LHFI past due 90 days or more decreased $57 million, or 4%, during the first quarter of 2018, driven by a $95 million decrease in guaranteed student loans, offset partially by a $33 million increase in guaranteed residential mortgages.
Restructured Loans
To maximize the collection of loan balances, we evaluate troubled loans on a case-by-case basis to determine if a loan modification is appropriate. We pursue loan modifications when there is a reasonable chance that an appropriate modification would allow our client to continue servicing the debt. For loans secured by residential real estate, if the client demonstrates a loss of income such that the client cannot reasonably support a modified loan, we may pursue short sales and/or deed-in-lieu arrangements. For loans secured by income producing commercial properties, we perform an in-depth and ongoing programmatic review of a number of factors, including cash flows, loan structures, collateral values, and guarantees to identify loans within our income producing commercial loan portfolio that are most likely to experience distress.
 
Based on our review of the aforementioned factors and our assessment of overall risk, we evaluate the benefits of proactively initiating discussions with our clients to improve a loan’s risk profile. In some cases, we may renegotiate terms of their loans so that they have a higher likelihood of continuing to perform. To date, we have restructured loans in a variety of ways to help our clients service their debt and to mitigate the potential for additional losses. The restructuring methods offered to our clients primarily include an extension of the loan's contractual term and/or a reduction in the loan's original contractual interest rate. In limited circumstances, loan modifications that forgive contractually specified unpaid principal balances may also be offered. For residential home equity lines nearing the end of their draw period and for commercial loans, the primary restructuring method is an extension of the loan's contractual term.
Loans with modifications deemed to be economic concessions resulting from borrower financial difficulties are reported as TDRs. Accruing loans may retain accruing status at the time of restructure and the status is determined by, among other things, the nature of the restructure, the borrower's repayment history, and the borrower's repayment capacity.
Nonaccruing loans that are modified and demonstrate a sustainable history of repayment performance in accordance with their modified terms, typically six months, are usually reclassified to accruing TDR status. Generally, once a loan becomes a TDR, we expect that the loan will continue to be reported as a TDR for its remaining life, even after returning to accruing status (unless the modified rates and terms at the time of modification were available in the market at the time of the modification, or if the loan is subsequently remodified at market rates). Some restructurings may not ultimately result in the complete collection of principal and interest (as modified by the terms of the restructuring), culminating in default, which could result in additional incremental losses. These potential incremental losses are factored into our ALLL estimate. The level of re-defaults will likely be affected by future economic conditions. See Note 6, “Loans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.
At March 31, 2018, our total TDR portfolio totaled $2.8 billion and was comprised of $2.6 billion, or 96%, of consumer loans (predominantly first and second lien residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit) and $119 million, or 4%, of commercial loans. Total TDRs increased $1 million from December 31, 2017, as an $8 million increase in accruing TDRs was offset largely by a $7 million, or 2%, reduction in nonaccruing TDRs.
Generally, interest income on restructured loans that have met sustained performance criteria and returned to accruing status is recognized according to the terms of the restructuring. Such interest income of $27 million was recognized for both the first quarter of 2018 and 2017 . If all such loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms, estimated interest income of $32 million and $33 million for the first quarter of 2018 and 2017, respectively, would have been recognized.


80

SELECTED FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
The following is a discussion of the more significant financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. For a complete discussion of our financial instruments measured at fair value and the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments, see Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.

Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments
Trading assets and derivative instruments increased $19 million compared to December 31, 2017. This increase was due primarily to increases in corporate and other debt securities, municipal securities, CP, trading loans, and U.S. Treasury securities, offset largely by decreases in federal agency securities and derivative instruments. These changes were driven by
 
normal activity in the trading portfolio product mix as we manage our business and continue to meet our clients' needs. Trading liabilities and derivative instruments increased $454 million, or 35%, compared to December 31, 2017, driven by increases in derivative instruments, corporate and other debt securities, and U.S. Treasury securities. For composition and valuation assumptions related to our trading products, as well as additional information on our derivative instruments, see Note 4, “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments,” Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q. Also, for a discussion of market risk associated with our trading activities, refer to the “Market Risk Management—Market Risk from Trading Activities” section of this MD&A.


Securities Available for Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 9

 
March 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury securities

$4,437

 

$—

 

$97

 

$4,340

Federal agency securities
248

 
3

 
2

 
249

U.S. states and political subdivisions
644

 
5

 
13

 
636

MBS - agency residential
22,837

 
146

 
470

 
22,513

MBS - agency commercial
2,320

 
1

 
79

 
2,242

MBS - non-agency residential
53

 
4

 
—

 
57

MBS - non-agency commercial
897

 
—

 
23

 
874

ABS
6

 
1

 
—

 
7

Corporate and other debt securities
16

 
—

 
—

 
16

Total securities AFS

$31,458

 

$160

 

$684

 

$30,934


 
  December 31, 2017 1
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury securities

$4,361

 

$2

 

$32

 

$4,331

Federal agency securities
257

 
3

 
1

 
259

U.S. states and political subdivisions
618

 
7

 
8

 
617

MBS - agency residential
22,616

 
222

 
134

 
22,704

MBS - agency commercial
2,121

 
3

 
38

 
2,086

MBS - non-agency residential
55

 
4

 
—

 
59

MBS - non-agency commercial
862

 
7

 
3

 
866

ABS
6

 
2

 
—

 
8

Corporate and other debt securities
17

 
—

 
—

 
17

Total securities AFS

$30,913

 

$250

 

$216

 

$30,947

1 Beginning January 1, 2018, we reclassified equity securities previously presented in Securities available for sale to Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For periods prior to January 1, 2018, these equity securities have been reclassified to Other assets for comparability. See Note 9, "Other Assets," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for additional information.

The securities AFS portfolio is managed as part of our overall liquidity management and ALM process to optimize income and portfolio value over an entire interest rate cycle while mitigating the associated risks. Changes in the size and composition of the portfolio reflect our efforts to maintain a high quality, liquid portfolio, while managing our interest rate risk profile. The
 
amortized cost of the portfolio increased $545 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018, due primarily to increased holdings of agency residential and commercial MBS, U.S. Treasury securities, non-agency commercial MBS, and municipal securities. The fair value of the securities AFS portfolio decreased $13 million compared to December 31,

81

2017, due to a $558 million increase in net unrealized losses resulting from market interest rates being higher than the securities' stated coupon rates, offset largely by the aforementioned changes in portfolio mix. At March 31, 2018, the overall securities AFS portfolio was in a $524 million net unrealized loss position, compared to a net unrealized gain position of $34 million at December 31, 2017. The securities AFS portfolio had an effective duration of 4.7 years at March 31, 2018 compared to 4.5 years at December 31, 2017.
For the three months ended March 31, 2018, net realized gains related to the sale of securities AFS were immaterial and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 there were no net realized gains recognized. For both the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings. For additional information on our accounting policies, composition, and valuation assumptions related to the securities AFS portfolio, see Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 5, "Securities Available for Sale," Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 16, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.
For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the average yield on the securities AFS portfolio was 2.62%, compared to 2.41% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in average yield was due primarily to lower premium amortization, higher interest rates, and shifts in portfolio mix. See additional discussion related to average yields on securities AFS in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A.
The credit quality and liquidity profile of the securities AFS portfolio remained strong at March 31, 2018 and, consequently, we believe that we have the flexibility to respond to changes in the economic environment and take actions as opportunities arise to manage our interest rate risk profile and balance liquidity risk against investment returns. Over the longer term, the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio will reflect balance sheet trends, our overall liquidity objectives, and interest rate risk management objectives. Accordingly, the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio could change over time.

BORROWINGS

Short-Term Borrowings
Our short-term borrowings at March 31, 2018 decreased $1.2 billion, or 25%, from December 31, 2017, driven by a $1.4 billion decrease in funds purchased, offset partially by a $174 million increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

Long-Term Debt
During the three months ended March 31, 2018, our long-term debt increased by $907 million, or 9%. This increase was driven by our first quarter of 2018 issuances of $500 million of 5-year fixed rate senior notes and $750 million of 3-year fixed-to floating rate senior notes under our Global Bank Note program. Partially offsetting these issuances were $314 million of subordinated note maturities during the current quarter.
 
In the second quarter of 2018, we issued $850 million of 7-year senior notes that pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 4.00% under our Parent Company SEC shelf registration. We may call these notes at any time or from time to time prior to March 1, 2025 under a "make-whole" provision, and they mature on May 1, 2025. This issuance allowed us to supplement our funding sources at a favorable borrowing rate and increase Parent Company liquidity.

CAPITAL RESOURCES
Regulatory Capital
Our primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, measures capital adequacy within a framework that sets capital requirements relative to the risk profiles of individual banks. The framework assigns risk weights to assets and off-balance sheet risk exposures according to predefined classifications, creating a base from which to compare capital levels. We measure capital adequacy using the standardized approach to the FRB's Basel III Final Rule. Basel III capital categories are discussed below.
CET1 is limited to common equity and related surplus (net of treasury stock), retained earnings, AOCI, and common equity minority interest, subject to limitations. Certain regulatory adjustments and exclusions are made to CET1, including removal of goodwill, other intangible assets, certain DTAs, and certain defined benefit pension fund net assets. Further, banks employing the standardized approach to Basel III were granted a one-time permanent election to exclude AOCI from the calculation of regulatory capital. We elected to exclude AOCI from the calculation of our CET1.
Tier 1 capital includes CET1, qualified preferred equity instruments, qualifying minority interest not included in CET1, subject to limitations, and certain other regulatory deductions. Tier 2 capital includes qualifying portions of subordinated debt, trust preferred securities and minority interest not included in Tier 1 capital, ALLL up to a maximum of 1.25% of RWA, and a limited percentage of unrealized gains on equity securities. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.
To be considered "adequately capitalized," we are subject to minimum CET1, Tier 1 capital, and Total capital ratios of 4.5%, 6%, and 8%, respectively, plus, in 2018, 2017, and 2016, CCB amounts of 1.875%, 1.25%, and 0.625%, respectively, are required to be maintained above the minimum capital ratios. The CCB will be fully phased-in at 2.5% above the minimum capital ratios on January 1, 2019. The CCB places restrictions on the amount of retained earnings that may be used for capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments as risk-based capital ratios approach their respective “adequately capitalized” minimum capital ratios plus the CCB. To be considered “well-capitalized,” Tier 1 and Total capital ratios of 6% and 10%, respectively, are required.
In April 2018, the Federal Reserve issued an NPR that included proposed modifications to minimum regulatory capital requirements as well as proposed changes to assumptions used in the stress testing process. The modifications would replace the 2.5% CCB with a Stress Capital Buffer "SCB." The SCB is the greater of the difference between the actual CET1 ratio and the minimum forecasted CET1 ratio under a severely adverse scenario, plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends,

82

or 2.5%. The proposed rule is expected to be effective December 31, 2018, and would be implemented in the 2019 CCAR.
We are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement, which measures Tier 1 capital against average total assets less certain deductions, as calculated in accordance with regulatory guidelines. The minimum leverage ratio threshold is 4% and is not subject to the CCB.
A transition period previously applied to certain capital elements and risk weighted assets, where phase-in percentages were applicable in the calculations of capital and RWA. One of the more significant transitions required by the Basel III Final Rule relates to the risk weighting applied to MSRs, which impacted the CET1 ratio during the transition period when compared to the CET1 ratio calculated on a fully phased-in basis. Specifically, the fully phased-in risk weight of MSRs would have been 250%, while the risk weight to be applied during the transition period was 100%.
In the third quarter of 2017, the OCC, FRB, and FDIC issued two NPRs in an effort to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules, a Transitions NPR and a Simplifications NPR. The Transitions NPR proposed to extend certain transition provisions in the capital rules for banks with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets. The Transitions NPR was finalized in November 2017 and the rule became effective on January 1, 2018. The Simplifications NPR would simplify the capital treatment for certain acquisition, development, and construction loans, mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interest. We are continuing to evaluate these items, however, we do not anticipate them to have a significant impact on our capital ratios.
Table 10 presents the Company's Basel III regulatory capital metrics:
Regulatory Capital Metrics 1
 
Table 10

(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Regulatory capital:
 
 
 
CET1

$17,388

 

$17,141

Tier 1 capital
19,436

 
19,622

Total capital
22,787

 
23,028

Assets:
 
 
 
RWA

$176,630

 

$175,950

Average total assets for leverage ratio
199,364

 
200,141

Risk-based ratios 2:
 
 
 
CET1
9.84
%
 
9.74
%
Tier 1 capital
11.00

 
11.15

Total capital
12.90

 
13.09

Leverage
9.75

 
9.80

Total shareholders’ equity to assets
11.85

 
12.21

1 We calculated these measures based on the methodology specified by our primary regulator, which may differ from the calculations used by other financial services companies that present similar metrics.
2 Basel III capital ratios are calculated under the standardized approach using regulatory capital methodology applicable to us for each period presented, including the phase-in of transition provisions.

Our CET1 ratio increased compared to December 31, 2017, driven primarily by growth in retained earnings, offset partially by an increase in treasury stock. The Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios declined compared to December 31, 2017, due to
 
the impact of our Series E Preferred Stock redemption in March 2018, detailed in the "Capital Actions" section below. At March 31, 2018, our capital ratios were well above current regulatory requirements. See Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our regulatory capital adequacy requirements and metrics.

Capital Actions
We declared and paid common dividends of $187 million, or $0.40 per common share, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, compared to $128 million, or $0.26 per common share, for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Additionally, we declared dividends on our preferred stock of $31 million and $17 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Various regulations administered by federal and state bank regulatory authorities restrict the Bank's ability to distribute its retained earnings. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Bank's capacity to pay cash dividends to the Parent Company under these regulations totaled approximately $1.7 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.
During the first quarter of 2018, we repurchased $330 million of our outstanding common stock as part of our 2017 capital plan. At March 31, 2018, we had $330 million of remaining common stock repurchase capacity available under our 2017 capital plan. In April 2018, we repurchased an additional $330 million of our common stock at market value, which completed our $1.32 billion common equity repurchases as approved by the Board in conjunction with the 2017 capital plan. Also, in April 2018 we submitted our 2018 capital plan to the Federal Reserve for review in conjunction with the 2018 CCAR, and we anticipate receiving feedback in June 2018 regarding this submission. See Item 5 and Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Part II, Item 2 in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding our capital actions.
In March 2018, we used net proceeds from our November 2017 Series H Preferred Stock issuance to redeem all 4,500 shares of our outstanding higher cost Series E Preferred Stock.
Our strong capital position, particularly in the context of our risk profile, combined with additional capital optimization, should allow us to continue to increase capital returns to our shareholders.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
There have been no significant changes to our Critical Accounting Policies as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT
There have been no significant changes in our Enterprise Risk Management practices as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

83

Credit Risk Management
There have been no significant changes in our Credit Risk Management practices as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Operational Risk Management
There have been no significant changes in our Operational Risk Management practices as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Market Risk Management
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, and other relevant market rates or prices. Interest rate risk, defined as the exposure of net interest income and MVE to changes in interest rates, is our primary market risk and mainly arises from changes in the structure and composition of our balance sheet. Variable rate loans, prior to any hedging related actions, were approximately 58% of total loans at March 31, 2018, and after giving consideration to hedging related actions, were approximately 49% of total loans. Approximately 5% of our variable rate loans at March 31, 2018 had coupon rates that were equal to a contractually specified interest rate floor. In addition to interest rate risk, we are also exposed to market risk in our trading instruments measured at fair value. Our ALCO meets regularly and is responsible for reviewing our ALM and liquidity risk position in conformance with the established policies and limits designed to measure, monitor, and control market risk.

Market Risk from Non-Trading Activities
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by the Board. These limits reflect our appetite for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. No limit breaches occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2018.
The major sources of our non-trading interest rate risk are timing differences in the maturity and repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities, changes in the absolute level and shape of the yield curve, as well as the embedded optionality in our products and related customer behavior. We measure these risks and their impact by identifying and quantifying exposures through the use of sophisticated simulation and valuation models, which, as described in additional detail below, are employed by management to understand net interest income sensitivity and MVE sensitivity. These measures show that our interest rate risk profile is modestly asset sensitive at March 31, 2018.
MVE and net interest income sensitivity are complementary interest rate risk metrics and should be viewed together. Net interest income sensitivity captures asset and liability repricing differences for one year and is considered a shorter term measure. MVE sensitivity captures the change in the discounted net present value of all on- and off-balance sheet items and is considered a longer term measure.
Positive net interest income sensitivity in a rising rate environment indicates that over the forecast horizon of one year, asset based interest income will increase more quickly than liability based interest expense. A negative MVE sensitivity in
 
a rising rate environment indicates that the value of financial assets will decrease more than the value of financial liabilities.
One of the primary methods that we use to quantify and manage interest rate risk is simulation analysis, which we use to model net interest income from assets, liabilities, and derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios and balance sheet structures. We measure the sensitivity of net interest income over a one-year time horizon, as reflected in Table 11, as well as for multi-year time horizons. Key assumptions in this form of simulation analysis (and in the valuation analysis discussed below) relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances, and the behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. This analysis incorporates several assumptions, the most significant of which relate to the repricing and behavioral fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate or non-contractual maturities.
As the future path of interest rates is not known, we use a simulation analysis to project net interest income under various and potentially extreme scenarios. These scenarios may include rapid and gradual ramping of interest rates, rate shocks, basis risk analysis, and yield curve twists. Specific strategies are also analyzed to determine their impact on net interest income levels and sensitivities.
The sensitivity analysis presented in Table 11 is measured as a percentage change in net interest income due to instantaneous moves in benchmark interest rates. Estimated changes below are dependent upon material assumptions such as those previously discussed.
Net Interest Income Asset Sensitivity
Table 11
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated % Change in
Net Interest Income Over 12 Months 1
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Rate Change
 
 
 
+200 bps
3.1%
 
2.4%
+100 bps
1.7%
 
1.4%
 -50 bps
(1.1)%
 
(1.0)%
1 Estimated % change of net interest income is reflected on a non-FTE basis.

Net interest income asset sensitivity at March 31, 2018 increased compared to December 31, 2017, driven primarily by changes in the composition of our balance sheet and a reduction in our active notional balance of receive-fixed, pay-variable commercial loan swaps. See additional discussion related to net interest income in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A.
We also perform valuation analyses, which we use for discerning levels of risk present in the balance sheet and derivative positions that might not be taken into account in the net interest income simulation horizon. Whereas a net interest income simulation highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, our valuation analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet and derivative positions.
The valuation of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset and derivative cash flows minus the discounted present value of liability cash flows, the net of which is referred to as MVE. The sensitivity of

84

MVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of the longer-term repricing risk and embedded optionality in the balance sheet. Similar to the net interest income simulation, MVE uses instantaneous changes in rates. However, MVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate originations of new/replacement business or balance sheet growth that may be used in the net interest income simulation model. As with the net interest income simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of balance sheet cash flows are critical in the MVE analysis. Significant MVE assumptions include those that drive prepayment speeds, expected changes in balances, and pricing of the indeterminate deposit portfolios.
At March 31, 2018, the MVE profile in Table 12 indicates a decline in net balance sheet value due to instantaneous upward changes in rates. This MVE sensitivity is reported for both upward and downward rate shocks. 
Market Value of Equity Sensitivity
Table 12
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated % Change in MVE
 
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Rate Change
 
 
 
+200 bps
(7.3)%
 
(7.6)%
+100 bps
(3.3)%
 
(3.3)%
 -50 bps
1.1%
 
0.8%
The changes in MVE sensitivity at March 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017 were due to changes in the composition of our balance sheet as well as changes in market interest rates. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates was used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure under these rate scenarios, we believe that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact.
Since MVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in MVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Furthermore, MVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, and changing product spreads that could mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates. The net interest income simulation and valuation analyses do not include actions that management may undertake to manage this risk in response to anticipated changes in interest rates.

Market Risk from Trading Activities
We manage market risk associated with trading activities using a comprehensive risk management approach, which includes VAR metrics, stress testing, and sensitivity analyses. Risk metrics are measured and monitored on a daily basis at both the trading desk and at the aggregate portfolio level to ensure exposures are in line with our risk appetite. Our risk measurement for covered positions subject to the Market Risk Rule takes into account trading exposures resulting from interest rate risk, equity risk, foreign exchange rate risk, credit spread risk, and commodity price risk.
For trading portfolios, VAR measures the estimated maximum loss from one or more trading positions, given a
 
specified confidence level and time horizon. VAR results are monitored daily against established limits. For risk management purposes, our VAR calculation is based on a historical simulation and measures the potential trading losses using a one-day holding period at a one-tail, 99% confidence level. This means that, on average, trading losses could exceed VAR one out of 100 trading days or two to three times per year. Due to inherent limitations of the VAR methodology, such as the assumption that past market behavior is indicative of future market performance, VAR is only one of several tools used to manage market risk. Other tools used to actively manage market risk include scenario analysis, stress testing, profit and loss attribution, and stop loss limits.
In addition to VAR, as required by the Market Risk Rule issued by the U.S. banking regulators, we calculate Stressed VAR, which is used as a component of the total market risk capital charge. We calculate the Stressed VAR risk measure using a ten-day holding period at a one-tail, 99% confidence level and employ a historical simulation approach based on a continuous twelve-month historical window selected to reflect a period of significant financial stress for our trading portfolio. The historical period used in the selection of the stress window encompasses all recent financial crises. Our Stressed VAR calculation uses the same methodology and models as VAR, which is a requirement under the Market Risk Rule. Table 13 presents VAR and Stressed VAR for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, as well as VAR by Risk Factor at March 31, 2018 and 2017.
Value at Risk Profile
Table 13
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
2017
VAR (1-day holding period):
 
 
 
Period end

$2

 

$2

High
2

 
3

Low
1

 
2

Average
2

 
2

Stressed VAR (10-day holding period):
Period end

$68

 

$43

High
85

 
54

Low
25

 
22

Average
49

 
35

VAR by Risk Factor at period end (1-day holding period):
Equity risk

$2

 

$1

Interest rate risk
1

 
2

Credit spread risk
3

 
3

VAR total at period end (1-day diversified)
2

 
2

The trading portfolio, measured in terms of VAR, is predominantly comprised of four sub-portfolios of covered positions: (i) credit trading, (ii) fixed income securities, (iii) interest rate derivatives, and (iv) equity derivatives. The trading portfolio also contains other sub-portfolios, including foreign exchange rate and commodity derivatives; however, these trading risk exposures are not material. Our covered positions result primarily from underwriting and market making services for our clients, as well as associated risk mitigating hedging activity. The trading portfolio's VAR profile, presented in Table 13, is influenced by a variety of factors, including the size and composition of the portfolio, market volatility, and the

85

correlation between different positions. Notwithstanding some changes in VAR risk factors within the underlying trading sub-portfolios, average daily VAR as well as period end VAR for the three months ended March 31, 2018 remained unchanged compared to the same period in 2017. Average Stressed VAR as well as period end Stressed VAR increased for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the same period in 2017. These increases in Stressed VAR were driven by higher balance sheet usage in our credit trading portfolio, as well as higher stressed exposures associated with our equity derivatives portfolio. Nonetheless, our Stressed VAR levels remain within historical ranges. The trading portfolio of covered positions did not contain any correlation trading positions or on- or off-balance sheet securitization positions during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or 2017.
In accordance with the Market Risk Rule, we evaluate the accuracy of our VAR model through daily backtesting by
 
comparing aggregate daily trading gains and losses (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income, and intraday trading) from covered positions with the corresponding daily VAR-based measures generated by the model. As illustrated in the following graph for the twelve months ended March 31, 2018, there were no firmwide VAR backtesting exceptions during this period. The total number of VAR backtesting exceptions over the preceding twelve months is used to determine the multiplication factor for the VAR-based capital requirement under the Market Risk Rule. The capital multiplication factor increases from a minimum of three to a maximum of four, depending on the number of exceptions. There was no change in the capital multiplication factor over the preceding twelve months.
 
vara09.jpg
 

We have valuation policies, procedures, and methodologies for all covered positions. Additionally, trading positions are reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are subject to independent price verification. See Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments," and Note 16, "Fair Value Election and Measurement," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, as well as the "Critical Accounting Policies" MD&A section of our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for discussion of valuation policies, procedures, and methodologies.

Model risk management: Our approach regarding the validation and evaluation of the accuracy of our internal models, external models, and associated processes, includes developmental and implementation testing as well as ongoing monitoring and
 
maintenance performed by the various model developers, in conjunction with model owners. Our MRMG is responsible for the independent model validation of all trading risk models. The validation typically includes evaluation of all model documentation as well as model monitoring and maintenance plans. We regularly review the performance of all trading risk models through our model monitoring and maintenance process to preemptively address emerging developments in financial markets, assess evolving modeling approaches, and to identify potential model enhancement.
Stress testing: We use a comprehensive range of stress testing techniques to help monitor risks across trading desks and to augment standard daily VAR and other risk limits reporting. The stress testing framework is designed to quantify the impact of

86

extreme, but plausible, stress scenarios that could lead to large unexpected losses. Our stress tests include historical repeats and simulations using hypothetical risk factor shocks. All trading positions within each applicable market risk category (interest rate risk, equity risk, foreign exchange rate risk, credit spread risk, and commodity price risk) are included in our comprehensive stress testing framework. We review stress testing scenarios on an ongoing basis and make updates as necessary to ensure that both current and emerging risks are captured appropriately.
Trading portfolio capital adequacy: We assess capital adequacy on a regular basis, which is based on estimates of our risk profile and capital positions under baseline and stressed scenarios. Scenarios consider significant risks, including credit risk, market risk, and operational risk. Our assessment of capital adequacy arising from market risk includes a review of risk arising from material portfolios of covered positions. See the “Capital Resources” section in this MD&A for additional discussion of capital adequacy.

Liquidity Risk Management
Liquidity risk is the risk of being unable, at a reasonable cost, to meet financial obligations as they come due. We manage liquidity risk consistent with our ER management practices in order to mitigate our three primary liquidity risks: (i) structural liquidity risk, (ii) market liquidity risk, and (iii) contingency liquidity risk. Structural liquidity risk arises from our maturity transformation activities and balance sheet structure, which may create differences in the timing of cash inflows and outflows. Market liquidity risk, which we also describe as refinancing or refunding risk, constitutes the risk that we could lose access to the financial markets or the cost of such access may rise to undesirable levels. Contingency liquidity risk arises from rare and severely adverse liquidity events; these events may be idiosyncratic or systemic, or a combination thereof.
We mitigate these risks utilizing a variety of tested liquidity management techniques in keeping with regulatory guidance and industry best practices. For example, we mitigate structural liquidity risk by structuring our balance sheet prudently so that we fund less liquid assets, such as loans, with stable funding sources, such as consumer and commercial deposits, long-term debt, and capital. We mitigate market liquidity risk by maintaining diverse borrowing resources to fund projected cash needs and structuring our liabilities to avoid maturity concentrations. We test contingency liquidity risk from a range of potential adverse circumstances in our contingency funding scenarios. These scenarios inform the amount of contingency liquidity sources we maintain as a liquidity buffer to ensure we can meet our obligations in a timely manner under adverse contingency liquidity events.
Governance. We maintain a comprehensive liquidity risk governance structure in keeping with regulatory guidance and industry best practices. Our Board, through the BRC, oversees liquidity risk management and establishes our liquidity risk appetite via a set of cascading risk limits. The BRC reviews and approves risk policies to establish these limits and regularly reviews reports prepared by senior management to monitor compliance with these policies. The Board charges the CEO with
 
determining corporate strategies in accordance with its risk appetite and the CEO is a member of our ALCO, which is the executive level committee with oversight of liquidity risk management. The ALCO regularly monitors our liquidity and compliance with liquidity risk limits, and also reviews and approves liquidity management strategies and tactics.
Management and Reporting Framework. Corporate Treasury, under the oversight of the ALCO, is responsible for managing consolidated liquidity risks we encounter in the course of our business. In so doing, Corporate Treasury develops and implements short-term and long-term liquidity management strategies, funding plans, and liquidity stress tests, and also monitors early warning indicators; all of which assist in identifying, measuring, monitoring, reporting, and managing our liquidity risks. Corporate Treasury primarily monitors and manages liquidity risk at the Parent Company and Bank levels as the non-bank subsidiaries are relatively small and ultimately rely upon the Parent Company as a source of liquidity in adverse environments. However, Corporate Treasury also monitors liquidity developments of, and maintains a regular dialogue with, our other legal entities.
MRM conducts independent oversight and governance of liquidity risk management activities. For example, MRM works with Corporate Treasury to ensure our liquidity risk management practices conform to applicable laws and regulations and evaluates key assumptions incorporated in our contingency funding scenarios.
Further, the internal audit function performs the risk assurance role for liquidity risk management. Internal audit conducts an independent assessment of the adequacy of internal controls, including procedural documentation, approval processes, reconciliations, and other mechanisms employed by liquidity risk management and MRM to ensure that liquidity risk is consistent with applicable policies, procedures, laws, and regulations.
LCR requirements under Regulation WW require large U.S. banking organizations to hold unencumbered high-quality liquid assets sufficient to withstand projected 30-day total net cash outflows, each as defined under the LCR rule. At March 31, 2018, our LCR calculated pursuant to the rule was above the 100% minimum regulatory requirement.
On December 19, 2016, the FRB published a final rule implementing public disclosure requirements for BHCs subject to the LCR that will require them to publicly disclose quantitative and qualitative information regarding their respective LCR calculations on a quarterly basis. We will be required to begin disclosing elements under this final rule for quarterly periods ending after October 1, 2018.
On May 3, 2016, the FRB, OCC, and the FDIC issued a joint proposed rule to implement the NSFR. The proposal would require large U.S. banking organizations to maintain a stable funding profile over a one-year horizon. The FRB proposed a modified NSFR requirement for BHCs with greater than $50 billion but less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets, and less than $10 billion in total on balance sheet foreign exposure. The proposed NSFR requirement seeks to (i) reduce vulnerability to liquidity risk in financial institution funding structures and (ii) promote improved standardization in the measurement, management and disclosure of liquidity risk. The

87

proposed rule contains an implementation date of January 1, 2018; however, a final rule has not yet been issued.
Uses of Funds. Our primary uses of funds include the extension of loans and credit, the purchase of investment securities, working capital, and debt and capital service. The Bank borrows from the money markets using instruments such as Fed Funds, Eurodollars, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. At March 31, 2018, the Bank retained a material cash position in its Federal Reserve account. The Parent Company also retained a material cash position in its account with the Bank in accordance with our policies and risk limits, discussed in greater detail below.
Sources of Funds. Our primary source of funds is a large, stable deposit base. Core deposits, predominantly made up of consumer and commercial deposits originated primarily from our retail branch network and Wholesale client base, are our largest and most cost-effective source of funding. Total deposits increased to $162.4 billion at March 31, 2018, from $160.8 billion at December 31, 2017.
We also maintain access to diversified sources for both secured and unsecured wholesale funding. These uncommitted sources include Fed Funds purchased from other banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances, and Global Bank Notes. Aggregate borrowings decreased to $14.3 billion at March 31, 2018, from $14.6 billion at December 31, 2017.
As mentioned above, the Bank and Parent Company maintain programs to access the debt capital markets. The Parent Company maintains an SEC shelf registration from which it may issue senior or subordinated notes and various capital securities, such as common or preferred stock. Our Board has authorized the issuance of up to $5.0 billion of such securities under the SEC shelf registration, of which $1.7 billion of issuance capacity remained available at both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See the “Recent Developments” section below for a discussion of the Parent Company's issuance subsequent to March 31, 2018 under this SEC shelf registration. See the "Capital Resources" section of this MD&A for additional information regarding our stock issuances.
The Bank maintains a Global Bank Note program under which it may issue senior or subordinated debt with various terms. In the first quarter of 2018, we issued $500 million of 5-year fixed rate senior notes and $750 million of 3-year fixed-to floating rate senior notes under this program. At March 31, 2018, the Bank retained $34.2 billion of remaining capacity to issue notes under the Global Bank Note program.
Our issuance capacity under these Bank and Parent Company programs refers to authorization granted by our Board, which is a formal program capacity and not a commitment to purchase by any investor. Debt and equity securities issued under these programs are designed to appeal primarily to domestic and international institutional investors. Institutional investor demand for these securities depends upon numerous factors, including, but not limited to, our credit ratings, investor perception of financial market conditions, and the health of the banking sector. Therefore, our ability to access these markets in the future could be impaired for either idiosyncratic or systemic reasons.
 
We assess liquidity needs that may occur in both the normal course of business and during times of unusual, adverse events, considering both on and off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments that may impact liquidity in certain business environments. We have contingency funding scenarios and plans that assess liquidity needs that may arise from certain stress events such as severe economic recessions, financial market disruptions, and credit rating downgrades. In particular, a ratings downgrade could adversely impact the cost and availability of some of our liquid funding sources. Factors that affect our credit ratings include, but are not limited to, the credit risk profile of our assets, the adequacy of our ALLL, the level and stability of our earnings, the liquidity profile of both the Bank and the Parent Company, the economic environment, and the adequacy of our capital base.
As illustrated in Table 14, at March 31, 2018, S&P has assigned a “Positive” outlook on our credit rating, while both Moody’s and Fitch maintained “Stable” outlooks. Future credit rating downgrades are possible, although not currently anticipated given these “Positive” and “Stable” credit rating outlooks.
Credit Ratings and Outlook
Table 14
 
March 31, 2018
 
Moody’s
 
S&P
 
Fitch
SunTrust Banks, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
Senior debt
Baa1
 
BBB+
 
A-
Preferred stock
Baa3
 
BB+
 
BB
 
 
 
 
 
 
SunTrust Bank:
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term deposits
A1
 
A-
 
A
Short-term deposits
P-1
 
A-2
 
F1
Senior debt
Baal
 
A-
 
A-
Outlook
Stable
 
Positive
 
Stable
Our investment portfolio is a use of funds and we manage the portfolio primarily as a store of liquidity, maintaining the majority of our securities in liquid and high-grade asset classes, such as agency MBS, agency debt, and U.S. Treasury securities; nearly all of these securities qualify as high-quality liquid assets under the U.S. LCR Final Rule. At March 31, 2018, our securities AFS portfolio contained $27.0 billion of unencumbered high-quality, liquid securities at market value.
As mentioned above, we evaluate contingency funding scenarios to anticipate and manage the likely impact of impaired capital markets access and other adverse liquidity circumstances. Our contingency plans also provide for continuous monitoring of net borrowed funds dependence and available sources of contingency liquidity. These contingency liquidity sources include available cash reserves, the ability to sell, pledge, or borrow against unencumbered securities in our investment portfolio, the capacity to borrow from the FHLB system or the Federal Reserve discount window, and the ability to sell or securitize certain loan portfolios. Table 15 presents period end and average balances of our contingency liquidity sources for the first quarters of 2018 and 2017. These sources exceed our contingency liquidity needs as measured in our contingency funding scenarios.

88

Contingency Liquidity Sources
 
 
 
 
 
Table 15

 
 
 
 
 
 
As of
 
Average for the Three Months Ended ¹ 
(Dollars in billions)
March 31, 2018
 
March 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
March 31, 2017
Excess reserves

$3.6

 

$4.7

 

$3.0

 

$3.3

Free and liquid investment portfolio securities
27.0

 
26.9

 
27.3

 
27.4

Unused FHLB borrowing capacity
25.5

 
22.4

 
23.9

 
20.7

Unused discount window borrowing capacity
17.6

 
17.0

 
18.0

 
17.2

Total

$73.7

 

$71.0

 

$72.2

 

$68.6

1 Average based upon month-end data, except excess reserves, which is based upon a daily average.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock. We previously acquired capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta as a precondition for becoming a member of that institution. As a member, we are able to take advantage of competitively priced advances as a wholesale funding source and to access grants and low-cost loans for affordable housing and community development projects, among other benefits. At both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we held a total of $15 million of capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta. For both the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, we recognized an immaterial amount of dividends related to FHLB capital stock.
Similarly, to remain a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are required to hold a certain amount of capital stock, determined as either a percentage of the Bank’s capital or as a percentage of total deposit liabilities. At both March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we held $403 million of Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock. For both the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, we recognized an immaterial amount of dividends related to Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock.

Parent Company Liquidity. Our primary measure of Parent Company liquidity is the length of time the Parent Company can meet its existing and forecasted obligations using its cash resources. We measure and manage this metric using forecasts from both normal and adverse conditions. Under adverse conditions, we measure how long the Parent Company can meet its capital and debt service obligations after experiencing material attrition of short-term unsecured funding and without the support of dividends from the Bank or access to the capital markets. In accordance with these risk limits established by ALCO and the Board, we manage the Parent Company’s liquidity by structuring its net maturity schedule to minimize the amount of debt maturing within a short period of time. A majority of the Parent Company’s liabilities are long-term in nature, coming from the proceeds of issuances of our capital securities and long-term senior and subordinated notes. See the “Borrowings” section of this MD&A, as well as Note 11, “Borrowings and Contractual Commitments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding our debt.
We manage the Parent Company to maintain most of its liquid assets in cash and securities that it can quickly convert into cash. Unlike the Bank, it is not typical for the Parent Company to maintain a material investment portfolio of publicly traded securities. We manage the Parent Company cash balance
 
to provide sufficient liquidity to fund all forecasted obligations (primarily debt and capital service) for an extended period of months in accordance with our risk limits.
The primary uses of Parent Company liquidity include debt service, dividends on capital instruments, the periodic purchase of investment securities, loans to our subsidiaries, and common share repurchases. See further details of the authorized common share repurchases in the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A and in Part II, Item 2, “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in this Form 10-Q. We fund corporate dividends with Parent Company cash, the primary sources of which are dividends from our banking subsidiary and proceeds from the issuance of debt and capital securities. We are subject to both state and federal banking regulations that limit our ability to pay common stock dividends in certain circumstances.
Recent Developments. In the second quarter of 2018, we issued $850 million of 7-year senior notes that pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 4.00% under our Parent Company SEC shelf registration. We may call these notes at any time or from time to time prior to March 1, 2025 under a "make-whole" provision, and they mature on May 1, 2025. This issuance allowed us to supplement our funding sources at a favorable borrowing rate and increase Parent Company liquidity.
Other Liquidity Considerations. As presented in Table 16, we had an aggregate potential obligation of $89.8 billion to our clients in unused lines of credit at March 31, 2018. Commitments to extend credit are arrangements to lend to clients who have complied with predetermined contractual obligations. We also had $2.6 billion in letters of credit outstanding at March 31, 2018, most of which are standby letters of credit, which require that we provide funding if certain future events occur. Approximately $229 million of these letters supported variable rate demand obligations at March 31, 2018. Unused commercial lines of credit increased since December 31, 2017, driven by increased production, offset slightly by a decrease in overall utilization rates. Residential mortgage commitments also increased since December 31, 2017, due primarily to higher IRLC volume during the three months ended March 31, 2018. Additionally, unused CRE lines of credit decreased since December 31, 2017, driven primarily by increased utilization of existing CRE lines of credit.


89

Unfunded Lending Commitments
 
 
 
 
 
Table 16

 
As of
 
Average for the Three Months Ended
(Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2018
 
March 31, 2017
Unused lines of credit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial

$61,819

 

$59,625

 

$60,722

 

$58,365

Residential mortgage commitments 1
3,378

 
3,036

 
3,207

 
4,415

Home equity lines
10,173

 
10,086

 
10,130

 
10,345

CRE 2
3,887

 
4,139

 
4,013

 
4,484

Credit card
10,582

 
10,533

 
10,557

 
9,942

Total unused lines of credit

$89,839

 

$87,419

 

$88,629

 

$87,551

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Letters of credit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial standby

$2,427

 

$2,453

 

$2,440

 

$2,720

Performance standby
120

 
125

 
122

 
130

Commercial
15

 
14

 
15

 
14

Total letters of credit

$2,562

 

$2,592

 

$2,577

 

$2,864

1 Includes residential mortgage IRLCs with notional balances of $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
2 Includes commercial mortgage IRLCs and other commitments with notional balances of $193 million and $240 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
Other Market Risk
Except as discussed below, there have been no other significant changes to other market risk as described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We measure our residential MSRs at fair value on a recurring basis and hedge the risk associated with changes in fair value. Residential MSRs totaled $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, and are managed and monitored as part of a comprehensive risk governance process, which includes established risk limits.
We originated residential MSRs with fair values at the time of origination of $76 million and $96 million during the first quarter of 2018 and 2017, respectively. Additionally, we purchased residential MSRs with a fair value of approximately $74 million during the first quarter of 2018. No residential MSRs were purchased during the first quarter of 2017.
We recognized a mark-to-market increase in the fair value of the residential MSR portfolio of $56 million and a decrease of $23 million during the first quarter of 2018 and 2017, respectively. Changes in fair value include the decay resulting from the realization of monthly net servicing cash flows. We recognized net losses related to residential MSRs, inclusive of fair value changes and related hedges, of $53 million and $43 million during the first quarter of 2018 and 2017, respectively. Compared to the prior year quarter, the increase in net losses related to residential MSRs was primarily driven by higher decay combined with a decrease in net hedge performance in the current period. All other servicing rights, which include commercial mortgage and consumer indirect loan servicing rights, are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and therefore, are not subject to the same market risks associated with residential MSRs.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
In the ordinary course of business we engage in certain activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, generally referred to as "off-balance sheet arrangements." These activities involve transactions with unconsolidated VIEs as well as other arrangements, such as commitments and guarantees, to meet the financing needs of our clients and to support ongoing operations. Additional information regarding these types of activities is included in the "Liquidity Risk Management" section of this MD&A, Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities" and Note 14, "Guarantees," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q, as well as in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations
In the normal course of business, we enter into certain contractual obligations, including obligations to make future payments on our borrowings, partnership investments, and lease arrangements, as well as commitments to lend to clients and to fund capital expenditures and service contracts.
Except for changes in unfunded lending commitments (presented in Table 16 within the "Liquidity Risk Management"
section of this MD&A), borrowings (presented in the "Borrowings" section of this MD&A), and pension and other postretirement benefit plans (disclosed in Note 13, "Employee Benefit Plans," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q), there have been no material changes in our contractual obligations from those disclosed in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.




90

BUSINESS SEGMENTS
See Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q for a description of our business segments, basis of presentation, internal management
 
reporting methodologies, and additional information. Table 17 presents net income for our reportable business segments:
Net Income by Business Segment
 
 
Table 17

 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
  2017 1
Consumer

$295

 

$178

Wholesale
390

 
283

 
 
 
 
Corporate Other
(3
)
 
57

Reconciling Items 2
(39
)
 
(50
)
Total Corporate Other
(42
)
 
7

Consolidated Net Income

$643

 

$468

1 During the fourth quarter of 2017, we sold PAC, the results of which were previously reported within the Wholesale business segment. For all periods prior to January 1, 2018, PAC's financial results, including the gain on sale, have been transferred to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale business segment excluding PAC.
2 Reflects differences between net income reported for each business segment using management accounting practices and U.S. GAAP. Prior period information has been restated to reflect changes in internal reporting methodology. See additional information in Note 18, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.


Table 18 presents average LHFI and average deposits for our reportable business segments:
Average LHFI and Deposits by Business Segment
 
 
 
Table 18

 
Three Months Ended March 31
 
Average LHFI
 
Average Consumer
and Commercial Deposits
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
  2017 1
 
2018
 
  2017 1
Consumer

$74,093

 

$71,147

 

$103,099

 

$101,941

Wholesale
68,741

 
71,237

 
56,050

 
56,866

Corporate Other
86

 
1,286

 
20

 
67

1 During the fourth quarter of 2017, we sold PAC, the assets and liabilities of which were previously reported within the Wholesale business segment. For all periods prior to January 1, 2018, PAC's assets and liabilities, including loans and deposits, have been transferred to Corporate Other for enhanced comparability of the Wholesale business segment excluding PAC.



91

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
Consumer
Consumer reported net income of $295 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, an increase of $117 million, or 66%, compared to the same period in 2017. The increase was driven primarily by higher net interest income and lower provision for credit losses, noninterest expense, and provision for income taxes, offset partially by lower noninterest income.
Net interest income was $961 million, an increase of $67 million, or 7%, compared to the same period in 2017, driven primarily by improved deposit spreads and LHFI growth. Net interest income related to deposits increased $68 million, or 13%, driven by an increase in deposit spreads and a $1.2 billion, or 1%, increase in average deposit balances. Net interest income on earning assets decreased $3 million, or 1%, driven primarily by lower mortgage LHFS balances. Net interest income related to LHFI increased $4 million, or 1%, driven by increases in yields and growth across most consumer loan balances.
Provision for credit losses was $60 million, a decrease of $28 million, or 32%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven by lower net charge-offs and improved credit quality.
Total noninterest income was $443 million, a decrease of $21 million, or 5%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven primarily by lower mortgage production related income.
Total noninterest expense was $966 million, a decrease of $26 million, or 3%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven largely by favorable developments with certain legal matters, lower branch network-related activities, and lower fraud losses.
Wholesale
Wholesale reported net income of $390 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, an increase of $107 million, or 38%, compared to the same period in 2017. The increase was due to lower provision for credit losses, provision for income taxes, and higher net interest income, offset partially by lower noninterest income.
Net interest income was $583 million, an increase of $22 million, or 4%, compared to the same period in 2017, driven primarily by improved spreads on both deposits and equity, offset partially by declines in loan and deposit volume. Net interest income related to deposits increased $32 million, or 14%, as a result of improved spreads, offset partially by decreased deposit volumes. Average deposit balances decreased $816 million, or 1%, as a result of decreases in money market accounts and DDAs, offset partially by increases in interest-bearing transaction accounts and business CD products. Net interest income related to LHFI decreased $19 million, or 6%, as a result of lower loan volume and spreads. The 2017 Tax Act specifically impacted tax
 
exempt loan and lease spreads, accounting for $15 million of the $19 million year-over-year decline in net interest income related to LHFI. Average loans decreased $2.5 billion, or 4%, primarily in C&I loans. Net interest income related to equity increased $14 million, or 31%, due to higher equity balances and spreads.
Provision for credit losses was a benefit of $32 million, a decrease of $64 million compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was due to lower loan volumes and continued improvement in overall Wholesale credit quality.
Total noninterest income was $371 million, a decrease of $30 million, or 7%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven largely by lower investment banking income, which decreased $36 million, or 22%, as a result of declines in debt capital markets activity and a $10 million, or 27%, decrease in tax credits driven by the lower effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2018. These decreases were offset partially by a $23 million remeasurement gain on an equity investment following our adoption of the recognition and measurement of financial assets accounting standard on January 1, 2018.
Total noninterest expense was $477 million, a decrease of $2 million compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was due to lower headcount and incentive related compensation and lower functional support expense, offset partially by higher investment banking transaction expenses related to the impact of adopting the revenue recognition accounting standard on January 1, 2018, and higher amortization expense associated with STCC tax credit investments.
Corporate Other
Corporate Other net income was a net loss of $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, a decrease of $60 million compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease in net income was due primarily to lower net interest income.
Net interest income was a net expense of $27 million, a decrease of $54 million compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was driven by lower commercial loan-related swap income due to higher benchmark interest rates, as well as the sale of PAC in December 2017. Average long-term debt decreased $1.4 billion, or 13%, driven by balance sheet management activities.
Total noninterest income was $14 million, a decrease of $10 million, or 42%, compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was due primarily to lower trading income and other noninterest income.
Total noninterest expense was a benefit of $21 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The benefit increased $19 million compared to the same period in 2017 as a result of lower internal expense allocations during the current period.


92

Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures
 
 
Table 19

(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31
Selected Financial Data
2018
 
2017
Summary of Operations:
 
 
 
Interest income

$1,668

 

$1,528

Interest expense
227

 
162

Net interest income
1,441

 
1,366

Provision for credit losses
28

 
119

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
1,413

 
1,247

Noninterest income
796

 
847

Noninterest expense
1,417

 
1,465

Income before provision for income taxes
792

 
629

Provision for income taxes
147

 
159

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
2

 
2

Net income

$643

 

$468

Net income available to common shareholders

$612

 

$451

Net interest income-FTE 1

$1,461

 

$1,400

Total revenue
2,237

 
2,213

Total revenue-FTE 1
2,257

 
2,247

Net income per average common share:
 
 
 
Diluted

$1.29

 

$0.91

Basic
1.31

 
0.92

Dividends declared per common share
0.40

 
0.26

Book value per common share
47.14

 
45.62

Tangible book value per common share 2
33.97

 
33.05

Market capitalization
31,959

 
26,860

Market price per common share:
 
 
 
High

$73.37

 

$61.69

Low
64.32

 
52.71

Close
68.04

 
55.30

Selected Average Balances:
 
 
 
Total assets

$204,132

 

$204,252

Earning assets
182,874

 
183,606

LHFI
142,920

 
143,670

Intangible assets including residential MSRs
8,244

 
8,026

Residential MSRs
1,833

 
1,604

Consumer and commercial deposits
159,169

 
158,874

Preferred stock
2,390

 
1,225

Total shareholders’ equity
24,605

 
23,671

Average common shares - diluted
473,620

 
496,002

Average common shares - basic
468,723

 
490,091

Financial Ratios (Annualized):
 
 
 
ROA
1.28
%
 
0.93
%
ROE
11.23

 
8.19

ROTCE 3
15.60

 
11.28

Net interest margin
3.20

 
3.02

Net interest margin-FTE 1
3.24

 
3.09

Efficiency ratio 4
63.35

 
66.20

Efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4
62.77

 
65.19

Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4, 5
62.11

 
64.60

Total average shareholders’ equity to total average assets
12.05

 
11.59

Tangible common equity to tangible assets 6
8.04

 
8.06

Common dividend payout ratio
30.6

 
28.3


93

Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures (continued)
 
 
 
 
Selected Financial Data (continued)
Three Months Ended March 31
Capital Ratios at period end 7:
2018
 
2017
CET1
9.84
%
 
9.69
%
Tier 1 capital
11.00

 
10.40

Total capital
12.90

 
12.37

Leverage
9.75

 
9.08


 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Three Months Ended March 31
Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures
2018
 
2017
Net interest margin
3.20
 %
 
3.02
 %
Impact of FTE adjustment
0.04

 
0.07

Net interest margin-FTE 1
3.24
 %
 
3.09
 %
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio 4
63.35
 %
 
66.20
 %
Impact of FTE adjustment
(0.58
)
 
(1.01
)
Efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4
62.77

 
65.19

Impact of excluding amortization related to intangible assets and certain tax credits
(0.66
)
 
(0.59
)
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE 1, 4, 5
62.11
 %
 
64.60
 %
 
 
 
 
ROE
11.23
 %
 
8.19
 %
Impact of removing average intangible assets other than residential MSRs and other servicing rights from average common shareholders' equity, and removing related pre-tax amortization expense from net income available to common shareholders
4.37

 
3.09

ROTCE 3
15.60
%
 
11.28
%
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$1,441

 

$1,366

FTE adjustment
20

 
34

Net interest income-FTE 1
1,461

 
1,400

Noninterest income
796

 
847

Total revenue-FTE 1

$2,257

 

$2,247

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
March 31, 2018
 
March 31, 2017
Total shareholders’ equity

$24,269

 

$23,484

Goodwill, net of deferred taxes 8
(6,172
)
 
(6,086
)
Other intangible assets (including residential MSRs and other servicing rights)
(1,996
)
 
(1,729
)
Residential MSRs and other servicing rights
1,981

 
1,711

Tangible equity 6
18,082

 
17,380

Noncontrolling interest
(101
)
 
(101
)
Preferred stock
(2,025
)
 
(1,225
)
Tangible common equity 6

$15,956

 

$16,054

 
 
 
 
Total assets

$204,885

 

$205,642

Goodwill
(6,331
)
 
(6,338
)
Other intangible assets (including residential MSRs and other servicing rights)
(1,996
)
 
(1,729
)
Residential MSRs and other servicing rights
1,981

 
1,711

Tangible assets

$198,539

 

$199,286

Tangible common equity to tangible assets 6
8.04
 %
 
8.06
 %
Tangible book value per common share 2

$33.97

 

$33.05


94

Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures (continued)
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
Reconciliation of PPNR 9
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018
Income before provision for income taxes

$792

Provision for credit losses
28

Less:
 
Net securities gains
1

PPNR

$819


1 We present net interest income-FTE, total revenue-FTE, net interest margin-FTE, efficiency ratio-FTE, and tangible efficiency ratio-FTE on a fully taxable-equivalent ("FTE") basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of net interest income from certain loans and investments using a federal tax rate of 21% for all periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and 35% for all periods prior to January 1, 2018, as well as state income taxes, where applicable, to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. We believe the FTE basis is the preferred industry measurement basis for these measures and that it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. Total revenue-FTE is calculated as net interest income-FTE plus noninterest income. Net interest margin-FTE is calculated by dividing annualized net interest income-FTE by average total earning assets.
2 We present tangible book value per common share, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets, noncontrolling interest, and preferred stock from shareholders' equity. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity, and removing the amounts of noncontrolling interest and preferred stock that do not represent our common shareholders' equity, it allows investors to more easily compare our capital position to other companies in the industry.
3 
We present ROTCE, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets from average common shareholders' equity and removes the related intangible asset amortization from net income available to common shareholders. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity and related pre-tax amortization expense (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our ROTCE to other companies in the industry who present a similar measure. We also believe that removing these items provides a more relevant measure of our return on common shareholders' equity. This measure is utilized by management to assess our profitability.
4 Efficiency ratio is computed by dividing noninterest expense by total revenue. Efficiency ratio-FTE is computed by dividing noninterest expense by total revenue-FTE.
5 We present tangible efficiency ratio-FTE, which excludes amortization related to intangible assets and certain tax credits. We believe this measure is useful to investors because, by removing the impact of amortization (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our efficiency to other companies in the industry. This measure is utilized by management to assess our efficiency and that of our lines of business.
6 We present certain capital information on a tangible basis, including the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets, tangible equity, and tangible common equity, which removes the after-tax impact of purchase accounting intangible assets. We believe these measures are useful to investors because, by removing the amount of intangible assets that result from merger and acquisition activity (the level of which may vary from company to company), it allows investors to more easily compare our capital position to other companies in the industry. These measures are utilized by management to analyze capital adequacy.
7 Basel III capital ratios are calculated under the standardized approach using regulatory capital methodology applicable to us for each period presented, including the phase-in of transition provisions.
8 Net of deferred taxes of $159 million and $252 million at March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
9 We present the reconciliation of PPNR because it is a performance metric utilized by management and in certain of our compensation plans. PPNR impacts the level of awards if certain thresholds are met. We believe this measure is useful to investors because it allows investors to compare our PPNR to other companies in the industry who present a similar measure.


95



Item 3.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
See the “Enterprise Risk Management” section of the MD&A in this Form 10-Q, which is incorporated herein by reference.



Item 4.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company's management conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) at March 31, 2018. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon the evaluation, the CEO and CFO
 
concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at March 31, 2018.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted several new accounting standards and implemented relevant changes to its control activities and processes to monitor and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. There were no other changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended March 31, 2018 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Refer to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.




PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


Item 1.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of its business activities, some of which involve claims for substantial amounts. Although the ultimate outcome of these suits cannot be ascertained at this time, it is the opinion of management that none of these matters, when resolved, will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition. For additional information, see Note 17, “Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 1A.
RISK FACTORS
The risks described in this report and in the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known, or that the Company currently deems to be immaterial, also may adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, or future results. In addition to the other information set forth in this report, factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A., “Risk Factors,” in the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K, which could materially affect the Company's business, financial condition, or future results, should be carefully considered.
 
Additionally, we update the “Risk Factors” section contained in the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K by replacing the existing risk factors, “Our controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud,” “We are at risk of increased losses from fraud,” and “Our operational and communications systems and infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if successful, could adversely affect our business and disrupt business continuity,” with the following three risk factors:
Our controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.
Our controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accurately accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met, due to certain inherent limitations. These limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, that alternative reasoned judgments can be drawn, and that breakdowns can occur because of an error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, whether within or outside of the Company, by collusion of two or more

96



such people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, which could result in a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting and/or the restatement of previously filed financial statements.

We are at risk of increased losses from fraud.
Criminals committing fraud increasingly are using more sophisticated techniques, and in some cases, are a part of larger criminal rings, which allow them to be more effective.
Fraudulent activity has taken many forms and escalates as more tools for accessing financial services emerge, such as real-time payments. Fraud schemes, including occurrences of employee fraud, information theft, or other malfeasance, are broad and continuously evolving and include such things as debit card/credit card fraud, check fraud, mechanical devices attached to ATM machines, social engineering and phishing attacks to obtain personal information, or impersonation of our clients through the use of falsified or stolen credentials. See the “Executive Overview” section of the MD&A in this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding a theft by a former employee of information from some of our contact lists. Additionally, an individual or business entity may properly identify themselves, yet seek to establish a business relationship for the purpose of perpetrating fraud. An emerging type of fraud even involves the creation of synthetic identification in which fraudsters “create” individuals for the purpose of perpetrating fraud. Further, in addition to fraud committed against us, we may suffer losses as a result of fraudulent activity committed against third parties. Increased deployment of technologies, such as chip card technology, defray and reduce aspects of fraud; however, criminals are turning to other sources to steal personally identifiable information, such as unaffiliated healthcare providers and government entities, in order to impersonate the consumer to commit fraud. Many of these data compromises have been widely reported in the media. Further, as a result of the increased sophistication of fraud activity, we have increased our spending on systems, resources, and controls to detect and prevent fraud, as well as increased spending to provide certain credit monitoring and identity theft protection services to our Consumer clients. This will result in continued ongoing investments in the future.

Our operational and communications systems and infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if successful, could adversely affect our business and disrupt business continuity.
We depend on our ability to process, record, and monitor a large number of client transactions and to communicate with clients and other institutions on a continuous basis. As client, industry, public, and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operational systems and infrastructure continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions, and breakdowns, whether as a result of events beyond our control or otherwise.
Our business, financial, accounting, data processing, or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating
 
properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be sudden increases in client transaction volume; electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, and hurricanes; disease pandemics; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; occurrences of employee error, fraud, theft, or malfeasance; and, as described below, cyber-attacks.
Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations and communications may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our systems and infrastructure that support our businesses and clients. While we continue to evolve and modify our business continuity plans, there can be no assurance in an escalating threat environment that they will be effective in avoiding disruption and business impacts. Our insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all resulting losses, and the cost to obtain adequate coverage may increase for us or the industry.
Security risks for financial institutions such as ours have dramatically increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication, resources, and activities of hackers, terrorists, activists, industrial spies, insider bad actors, organized crime, and other external parties, including nation state actors. In addition, to access our products and services, clients may use devices or software that are beyond our control environment, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information. Although we have information security procedures and controls in place, our technologies, systems, networks, and clients' devices and software may become the target of cyber-attacks, information security breaches, or information theft that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss, change, or destruction of our or our clients' confidential, proprietary and other information (including personal identifying information of individuals), or otherwise disrupt our or our clients' or other third parties' business operations. Other U.S. financial institutions and financial service companies have reported breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, including attempts to shut down access to their networks and systems in an attempt to extract compensation from them to regain control. Financial institutions, including SunTrust, have experienced distributed denial-of-service attacks, a sophisticated and targeted attack intended to disable or degrade internet service or to sabotage systems.
We and others in our industry are regularly the subject of attempts by attackers to gain unauthorized access to our networks, systems, and data, or to obtain, change, or destroy confidential data (including personal identifying information of individuals) through a variety of means, including computer viruses, malware, and phishing. In the future, these attacks may result in unauthorized individuals obtaining access to our confidential information or that of our clients, or otherwise accessing, damaging, or disrupting our systems or infrastructure.
We are continuously developing and enhancing our controls, processes, and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data, and networks from attack, damage,

97



or unauthorized access. This continued development and enhancement will require us to expend additional resources, including to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities that may be detected. Despite our ongoing investments in security resources, talent, and business practices, we are unable to assure that any security measures will be effective.
If our systems and infrastructure were to be breached, damaged, or disrupted, or if we were to experience a loss of our
 
confidential information or that of our clients, we could be subject to serious negative consequences, including disruption of our operations, damage to our reputation, a loss of trust in us on the part of our clients, vendors or other counterparties, client attrition, reimbursement or other costs, increased compliance costs, significant litigation exposure and legal liability, or regulatory fines, penalties or intervention. Any of these could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, our financial condition, and/or our share price.



Item 2.
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
(a) None.
(b) None.
(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 20
 
Common Stock 1
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Share
 
Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
 
Approximate Dollar Value
of Equity that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plans
or Programs at Period End
(in millions)
January 1 - 31
4,550,359

 
$68.03
 
4,550,359

 
$350
February 1 - 28
287,254

 
  71.08
 
287,254

 
  330
March 1 - 31
—

 
—
 
—

 
  330
Total during first quarter of 2018
4,837,613

 
$68.22
 
4,837,613

 
$330
1 During the three months ended March 31, 2018, no shares of SunTrust common stock were surrendered by participants in SunTrust's employee stock option plans, where participants may pay the exercise price upon exercise of SunTrust stock options by surrendering shares of SunTrust common stock that the participant already owns. SunTrust considers any such shares surrendered by participants in SunTrust's employee stock option plans to be repurchased pursuant to the authority and terms of the applicable stock option plan rather than pursuant to publicly announced share repurchase programs.

On June 28, 2017, the Company announced that the Federal Reserve had no objections to the repurchase of up to $1.32 billion of the Company's outstanding common stock to be completed between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2018, as part of the Company's 2017 capital plan submitted in connection with the 2017 CCAR.
During the first quarter of 2018, the Company repurchased $330 million of its outstanding common stock at market value as part of this publicly announced 2017 capital plan. At March 31, 2018, the Company had $330 million of remaining common stock repurchase capacity available under its 2017 capital plan (reflected in the table above). In April 2018, the Company repurchased an additional $330 million of its common stock at market value, which completed its $1.32 billion of common equity repurchases as approved by the Board in conjunction with the 2017 capital plan.
At March 31, 2018, a total of 2.2 million Series A and B warrants to purchase the Company's common stock remained
 
outstanding. The Series A and B warrants have expiration dates of December 2018 and November 2018, respectively.
As previously announced, the Company redeemed all 4,500 issued and outstanding shares of its Series E Preferred Stock on March 15, 2018 in accordance with the terms of the Series E Preferred Stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock during the first quarter of 2018, and there was no unused Board authority to repurchase any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock.
Refer to the Company's 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's equity securities.


98



Item 3.
DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES
None.


Item 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.


Item 5.
OTHER INFORMATION
None.


Item 6.
EXHIBITS
Exhibit
 
Description
 
 
3.1
 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, restated effective January 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 22, 2009, as further amended by (i) Articles of Amendment dated December 13, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 and 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2012, (ii) the Articles of Amendment dated November 6, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 and 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 7, 2014, (iii) the Articles of Amendment dated May 2, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 2, 2017, and (iv) the Articles of Amendment dated November 13, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 14, 2017.

 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and restated on August 11, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 13, 2015.
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
10.1
 
SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix B to Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement filed March 9, 2018.
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Non-employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement, under 2018 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Performance-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, under 2018 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, Type I.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Performance-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, under 2018 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, Type II.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Time-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, under 2018 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, Type I.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Time-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, under 2018 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, Type II.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Time-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, under 2018 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, Type III.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Time-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, under 2018 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, Type IV.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification of Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification of Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
**
 
 
 
 
 
101.1
 
Interactive Data File.
 
**

*
incorporated by reference
**
filed herewith

99

 
 
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
SUNTRUST BANKS, INC.
 
 
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
 
Date:
May 4, 2018
 
By: /s/ R. Ryan Richards
 
 
 
R. Ryan Richards,
Senior Vice President, Controller
(on behalf of the registrant and as Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 



100